Home

General Operations Manual

1. sssseseeee 4 49 4 14 3 Saving NVRAM to Disks ccccceseeesessscceeessessesnsnescneesecesssssesnananesesenees 4 50 4 14 4 Restore NVRAM from DISKS esses nnne nennen 4 50 4 14 5 Password Validation Timeout eene 4 51 4 14 6 Controller Unique Identifier 4 52 4 14 7 Set Controller Date and Time esses 4 53 4 15 View Drive Information 1 eleeeeeeeeeeeer eer eere nnns 4 54 7216 Drive UIIlllIGS iced osinean EX Co ER EDIEV EN Re ux VUAD UR IN QRUDV CV NN ER EINER EUM REV a GMR 4 55 4161 Drnve ead Wie COS aac ami ta e eus le laid saree EE 4 55 Chapter 5 Fibre Operation 5 1 5 2 Viewing and Editing Channels eere 5 1 5 1 1 Viewing and Editing IDs Host Channel sessssssssss 5 2 5 1 2 Adding an ID Primary Secondary Controller ID 5 3 Vee BI Iso zig P p EE 5 4 5 1 4 Data Rate Channel Bus eese eese 5 5 5 1 3 VIEW CDID IDTORmallQlt sisse sects vans sates Qux oe tees A S 5 5 5 1 6 View Channel Host ID IWWN s sisseeeee essen 5 6 5 1 7 View Device Port Name List WWHBPN esses 5 6 5 1 8 Add Host ID WWN Label Declaration eesessssssss 5 7 Fibre related Host side Parameters
2. aP Arrow keys Move Cursor Enter Select Ege Exit tr l LiRerresn Screen Figure 3 10 Event Logs Screen To clear the saved event logs scroll the cursor down to select an event and press EN TER to delete the event and the events below Clear Below Event Logs Yes No Figure 3 11 Clear Event Logs Dialogue Box Choose Yes to clear the recorded event logs 3 11 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter 4 Terminal Operation 4 1 Power on RAID Enclosure Hardware installation should be completed before powering on your RAID enclosure The subsystem and disk drives must be properly configured and initialized before the host computer canaccess the storage capacity The configuration and administration utility resides in the controller s firmware Open the initial terminal screen use the arrow keys to move the cursor nar through the menu items then press ENTER to I cache Status Clean i0 20 30 40 50 60 70 S850 30 100 PC Graphic ANSI4calor Mode Show Transfer Rate Show Cache Status Arrow oe ee Terminal Operation 4 2 4 2 1 All figures in this chapter are showing examples using the management hyper terminal screen Caching Parameters Optimization Modes Mass storage applications can be roughly divided into twocategories database and videoAmaging according to their read write characteristics To optimize
3. seeesseseeeeeeeenee 6 12 0 2 4 DIVE Delayed VWVEHIO vu penta wish ch ated bond e dad Poe ob Ratis 6 12 Chapter 7 Enclosure Management 7 1 Enclosure MONITORING viroissa iaaa o Ce o Cos e eoa a aaa 7 1 7 1 1 EDCIOSUIG DOVICOS ases cuui ni rau Sete NETE Ta dd Pu vnd vua dn os 7 1 7 1 1 1 Event Triggered Operations cccccsesesessssssccscseseseceseeseseseesesseeseeeeenes 7 1 Operation THCORY oe 7 2 The ODeratiQpe s edes uu tecto ed nt mte Ol oa h al Yet adu asst 7 2 Pearson 7 2 7 1 2 Auto Shutdown on Elevated Temperature eessssssse 7 3 7 1 3 Voltage and Temperature Self monitoring cessus 7 5 7 1 3 1 Changing Monitoring Thresholds esee 7 5 1 2 UPS SUD DON iioi ioi eee cote eei Ed o Oo ERE eco teer p 7 7 7 3 Enclosure Devices Status Peripheral Device Status 7 8 Chapter 8 Data Integrity 98 1 Failed Drive DeteclloH asccsscicitisteseiecssiecdssnechdesenrenatevaniapedensiocentinceceseneeneianinns 8 2 GT Periodic Dunyve Check TIITie sss eerte a t o ER o a n eap b E 8 2 8 1 2 Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time 8 2 8 1 8 Auto Assign Global Spare Drive e eseeeeennes 8 4 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance oioscc iiec eorr un e enar kiu o adu ausos osa e o Leu EE doi ro cus 8 5 TASK OCNA sisi EE 8 5 8 3 Regenerating Logical D
4. 12 32 12 4 4 Cache Synchronization on Write Through 12 33 Appendix A Firmware Functionality A 1 Basic RAID Management 111 eeeeeeee eere eere rennen enne A 1 A 2 Advanced Feat resi cce aceite eteto ctu aeo coetu tuse ceo nuu iuis Kanaa Aan A 3 A 3 Caching OperallOLi e cickcecc ene enr nun au ca uad na ce ek ann nu aenea ai A 5 AA ibo A 7 AS SMART SUDDO ero or Ee Oe eee auod eue eue eue nei cave deo adidas dus eus A 7 A 5 Redundant ControllGf uice pr tuvo do cauda aerae core rua dau raa Ros aaea A 7 AT Data Satellyt recede debe us E uii ede aE pu ka ua aeu Eae A 9 AS System SecUrlly cocco suce ubi ERE aaa aaa vu ceu cu cu aaa aaaea aiana aia A 10 A 9 Environment Management eeeeeee eere rennen nnne A 11 VO SOR InterTd6B ie nn i cs cad En E ba coco bene elr detur es A 12 A TTHign AvallaDillly uie ide Soca p D v eso dis exu ut Deva eaaet dose tea ce tu eeE ues A 12 1X Appendix B System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 B 2 B 3 Up rading luris g e B 1 B 1 1 Background RS 232C Firmware Download Single Controller B 1 B 1 2 Note for Redundant Controller Firmware Upgrade B 2 Upgrading Firmware Using RAIDWatch Manager B 2 B 2 1 Establish the In band SCSI connection in RAIDWatch Manager B 2 B 2 2 Upgrade Both
5. yes No When prompted to Create Logical Drive select Yes and press ENTER to proceed Please refer to the previous chapters for options specific to individual logical drives By default logical drives will be automatically assigned to the Slot A controller It can be assigned to the Slot B controller if the host computer is also connected to the Secondary controller Access View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu Move the cursor bar to Logical Drive Assignments and press ENTER if you want to assign logical drive to the Secondary controller Redundant Controller 12 23 12 24 Maximum Drive Capacity 500 ME Status vendor and Product ID assign Spare Drives i Di Drive Assignments RMT ORVIHITACHI HUSLS1436VLF400 Disk Reserved Space Z MS write Policy befauic write Eack RMI DAVIHITACHI HUSLSIT436VLP400 Initialize Mode Gn Lin Stripe Size Default 128 Bytes UT EO RECTE TESEREELITETTE THR HONE FRAMT CAV HITACHI HUSLSI4IOWLFA0O Qi Step 5 Logical drive assignment can also be changed after a logical drive is created Select an existing logical drive then press EN TER to seethe logical drive menu s 6 Select Logical Drive Assignments then press ENTER Choose Yes and press ENTER to confirm reassignment to the Secondary controller ame afafa jojen ese T e Partition logical drive E gj 0 logical drive Name mp _ _ _ sarate
6. sees 4 38 4 11 2 Edit Host ID WWN Name List eee 4 38 4 12 Viewing and Editing Drives esee sess 4 39 4 12 1 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Spare Drive 4 41 4 12 2 Disk Reserved SACO cc ccccccccccceceeeeeeesennesnscauassssseesesessesesessesseeeneesesas 4 41 4 12 3 Identifying Drives sese nnn 4 42 412 5 1 Fash Selected Drive oerein a E o ERES AS Ft TER T ev SE ia 4 43 2 12 3 2 Blasi ATE DEIVES coc oe Deinen a E Iac ci oeque 4 43 4 12 3 Blast Allput Selected Drives Sasssscet eie a HORN EE rv ERE Dur ganas 4 44 4 13 System FulcllOHs so cce ont in cess euo Us Sou aaa n ceto a vn paa pus ce eva e ce EE cOE 4 45 d 19 1 MUlo BOODOL rre dot d Spur bursa venison E douces 4 45 4192 Change FASS Word xs nici erlitten e etit 4 46 4 13 3 Changing the Password esee isses 4 46 4 13 4 Setting a New Password sess nnn nnns 4 47 4 13 5 Disabling the Password esses enne 4 47 AlS Tc CONN ON CK EP 4 47 A197 oDilgoWwn GOTO OF d pe uit etos tad aco obuia pee ERE D Nu eMUE 4 48 q I9 8 AQJUSCECD CODIFaS s td tS E pnr Peto Ente bac ous npa aepo aie eats 4 48 4 14 Controller Parameters ics c cic ooeeevouxwuox ru uit seen seeder eee eruca uc Eu dde oannes 4 49 dtd EONO AIRC dott cca tema ette taceat Eme tas need ees 4 49 4 14 2 LCD Title Display Controller Name
7. 5 7 5 2 1 Fibre Channel Connection Option eee essen 5 7 5 2 2 Controller Unique ldentifier ccce esses eene 5 8 Chapter 6 Host side and Drive side Parameters 6 1 6 2 Host side Parameters adiecit ci sie Qut cu cds eade oda vacuo RELY Te er asus a na 6 1 6 1 1 Maximum Concurrent Host LUN Connection Nexus in SCSI 6 2 6 1 2 Number of Tags Reserved for Each Host LUN Connection 6 3 6 1 3 Maximum Queued W O Count sessesesess esee esee 6 3 O TP LUNS DO FOSID oee uico bn vaa pean Codex iter albe Eod EORR ROME 6 4 6 1 5 LUN ADDIICADIIEV sereins ie d tarte atta rte io PL delen Pc 6 4 6 1 6 Peripheral Device Type scscsssececceeccccnnccsessenssssssssescessuacanacaauscssssseess 6 5 6 4 7 Ineband SCSI OF FIDIC icio tec i o b E iei badls 6 5 6 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems 6 5 6 1 9 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping sess 6 7 Drive side Parameters iierusciacecca cod oin a da sa Sra uc u a aiu dann niei ico tur de oou a iuD ES 6 9 6 2 1 DISK Access Delay TNC uio bodie decet heo ee uy ven esu an ERE E 6 9 62 2 DIVE JO TIRIGDUL ssepe Aen rte ark tps pce mae M UR Uv rau dE 6 10 6 2 3 Maximum Tag Count Tag Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ Support csesesesesssssssseessesesseeeeeeeseees 6 11 6 2 4 Drive Spindown Idle Delay Period
8. SXF 4GHz Default Bus Data Rate Figure 1 6 Host Channel Status Screen Drive Channel Single Controller Configuration Channel Channel Number Mode Interface 4 Type CH4 Drive SATA OXF AUTO Default Bus Data Rate Figure 1 7 Drive Channel Status Screen LCD Screen Messages Channel M ode Host Host channel mode Drive Drive channel mode D efault Channel Bus Sync Clock AUTO The default seting of this channel is set to the automatic mode l1GHz 2GHz 4GHz Data rate can be manually configured if the need arises Available H ost I D s T Multiple IDs applied Host channel mode only ID number IDs are defined as AIDs certainly not referring to the virus here or BIDs Slot A or Slot B IDs Slot A is the default location of the Primary controller AIDs or BIDs facilitate the distribution of system workload between RAID controllers that reside in enclosure Slot A and Slot B AIDs and BIDs can be associated with different RAID volumes NA No ID applied qw IMPORTANT For a single controller configuration no IDs will be shown for a drive channel status screen For a dual active controller configuration drive channels come with preset ID s 1 7 Controller Voltage and Temperature Press ENT for two seconds to enter the view ang Edit Main Menu Press the up or down Peripheral Des arrow keys to select View and Edit Peripheral Dev then press ENT Bg Penioherai Press the up or down arrow keys
9. 7V258MBH oie ser recom z ELT ET VU MP Lbs seb ine mmm The controller will automatically start the cloning proces using the existing stand by local global spare drive to clone the source drive the target member drive The doning process will begin with a notification message Drlve copying Notification i Soe oe 35 Completed_ NONE NEW DRV s s9pzwe none new on NE 2 e smzw ww wuow lel a eoe none nen ov You may quit viewing the status bar by pressing ESC to return to the previous menu Select the drive indicated as CLONING by pressing ENTER Select Clone Failing Drive again to view the progress You may identify the source drive and choose to View Clone Progress or Abort Clone if you happen to have selected the wrong drive RAID Inc EW DRV ource Drive anne nu Replace original with clone Delete clone The doning progress will be completed by a notification message as displayed below Drive Copying Notification You may press ESC to dear the notification message to see the drives status after the cloning process The source drive Channel 1 ID 5 remains as a member of logical drive 0 and the stand by drive Channd 1 ID 2 the dedicated global spare drive has become a CLONE drive Quic Slot Ch1 Size MB Speed LG DRV Status I EENNCO
10. Controller Parameters then press ENT 7 Step 2 Select Password Validation Timeout and press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to choose to enable a validation timeout from one to five minutes or to Always Check The Always Check timeout will invalidate any configuration change without entering the correct password 2 14 4 Controller Unique Identifier t Step 1 Choose View and Edit Ctlr Unique Hex Configuration Parameters iP Controller Parameters then pressENT 7 Step 2 Press the up or down arrow keys to sdect Ctlr Unique ID then press ENT 2 Step3 Enter any hex number between 0 and FFFFF and press ENT to proceed Enter a unique ID for any RAID controlle in a single or dual controller configuration The unique ID is recognized by the controller for the following purposes 1 The unique ID is combined to generate a unique WWN node name for controllers or RAID systems using Fibre Channel host ports The unique node name helps prevent host computers from mis addressing the storage system during a controller failback failover process 2 MAC addresses for the controller s Ethernet port that should be taken over by a surviving controller in the event of controller failure 2 14 5 Controller Date and Time This submenu is only available for controllers or subsystems that come with a real time clock onboard Front Panel Operation 2 43 View and Edit Time Zo
11. M essage CHL ALERT Redundant Loop Connection Error Detected on ID WhatHappens One of the dual loop members might have failed or been disconnected M ake sure all cabling are properly connected and topological configurations properly set W hat to D o Check cabling and channel bus working conditions If the problem does not result from cabling problems contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL HostChannel ALERT Channel Failure What H appens Host channel CHL link failure or disconnection occurred What to D o Check proper cabling connection and host H BA link connection devices etc Contact your RAID system supplier M essage SMART Slot Predictable Failure Detected Clone Failed Event Messages C 21 What H appens Hard Drive s report SMART detected defects A spare driveis commenced to clone or replace the member drive showing defects The cloning operation failed The member drive suspected of errors might have failed or the done process has been interrupted eg yet another member has failed or the spare drive used for cloning has shown immanent faults What to D o Carefully check drive status and replace the unstable failed drive Contact your RAID system supplier M essage SMART Slot Predictable Failure Detected What H appens Hard driveslot reported SMART detected errors eg abnormal rotation speed seek time delay etc What to D o Carefully check drive status and replace the unstable failed dr
12. M essage CHL ALERT Redundant Path for CHL ID Expected but Not Found What H appens One of the dual loop members may have failed or been disconnected This event is regenerated in the event when the one of dual loop connections to an expansion enclosure can not be found after power up Make sure all channels are properly connected and topological configurations properly set C 22 RAID Inc What to D o Check cabling and system installation A manual Issue LIP command may restore the connection Contact your supplier if no connection errors could befound M essage CHL ID ALERT RedundantLoop for CHL ID Failure Detected W hat H appens One of the dual loop members connecting device CHL ID _ may have failed or been disconnected Make sure all channels are properly connected and topological configurations properly set W hat to D o Check cabling and system installation Contact your supplier if no connection errors could befound C 6 3 Notification M essage CHL ID NOTICE Media Error Recovered 0xD8001C 7C What H appens Data once stored on bad drive sectors has been successfully re conducted from adjacent data blocks stripes onto the original drive blocks or distributed onto other healthy sectors RAID Inc firmware translates SATA error codes into SCSI standard sense keys and sensecodes That s the error codes at the end of message What toDo Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL NOTICE Fibre Ch
13. M essage SES CO 10 Temp Sensor 1 Temperature Back to Non Critical L Vs WhatHappens Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage SA F TE Device 1 NOTICE Power Supply Back On Line Idx 4 WhatHappens A power supply once missing or failed is now restored This event is reported through the SAF TE monitoring interface W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message Event Messages C 29 M essage Power Supply 0 Back Online What H appens Power supply module 0 is back online What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Sat 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line What H appens Power supply module 0 restored normal 12V voltage range What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V is Present What H appens Power supply module 0 restored normal 12V voltage range W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage SES C010 Power Supply 2 Power Supply Back On Line What H appens Power supply module 2 once missing or failed is now restored What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage UPS Connection Detected What H appens The COM 2 serial link to UPS device is now valid What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage UPS AC Power Restored What H appens UPS reports AC power source is now restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this me
14. 4 BO 2DodCeoB 59996 A 1 View tonica drive ogical volume ogical volume Assignments 3 Expand logical volume Write Polic 4 add Losical LLULL y drive Arrow Keys Move Cursor Enter Select Ese Exit Ctel Refresh Sereen t Step 1 Select the logical volume you wish to partition then press ENTER Choose Partition logical volume then press ENTER Select from the list of undefined partitions and press ENTER t Step2 A partition list displays If the logical volume has not yet been partitioned all volume capacity will list as partition 0 al LV Size MB LD Part it ion Offset MB Size MB Q LV ID Size MB L0 NIU 6 3 RU 2 1 UNI RR D o 2956 v v v v v S v v Step3 Press ENTER and key in the desired capacity for the selected partition and then press ENTER to proceed The remaining capacity will be automatically allotted to the next parti tion Step4 When prompted by the Partition Logical Volume message choose Yes to confirm then press ENTER Follow the same procedure to partition the remaining v o sieepedap of your E i 25990385 NN ENEEEEEEEEENI eration will result in the This o LOSS OF ALL DATA on the Partition Partition Logical Volume ucccccB o RAID Inc When a partition of a logical drive Aogical volume is deleted the capacity of the deleted partition will be a dded t
15. Disk Reserved Space The use of the Media Scan function is Memters of logical drives Global Local Enclosure Spare drive Non configured drives used hew drives Non configured drives the Media Scan function on drive me mbers can be found int he View and Edit Logi cal Drives menu New drives View only on member drives reserved space r emovable on the used o r formatted disk drives those that were previo usly included in logical drive configurations described the Data Integrity chapter Details on the use of Clone Failing Drive can be found in Chapter 8 The Drive Utilities function is discussed in the last section of this chapter Terminal Operation 4 43 4 13 1 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Spare Drive Move the cursor to a Local Global or Enclosure Spare Drive F ze veo Delete CGlobal Local Enclosure l Chl Ibj5tzet HB Speed Lo DRY States Uemdor and Product ID then press ii stot a DA LIKE SEMGNTE SI373135155 Uiw drive lufaormariotr elete global local spare i add drive Entry Identify driue H nmedih scan disk Reserved space 256 mb riue H DH LINE SERGRTE SIS33675458 DH LIKE SEAGATE SI33672545S OME FRHT DBU SEBGATE ST33225455 Ts ENSE 1g EE a SEAGATE SL 3 7 ee est sI3
16. Figure B 1 Upgrading Boot Record and Firmware Binaries Using RAlDWatch Program 1 Connect to the RAID system locally or from a remote computer using RAIDWatch Manager While connected to the RAID system there will be icon s with IP address specified on the left of the menu screen Select by double clicking the icon of the RAID system which firmware is to be upgraded Select the Configuration Parameters icon and then select the System tab Single dick the Download FW4BR check drcde Click the Apply button to proceed A message prompt should display Click Yes and then afile location prompt will appear 2 Provide the boot record binary filename the RAIDWatch Manager will start to download the boot record binary to the controller 3 After the boot record download is completed provide the firmware filename to the RAIDWatch Manager It will start to download the firmwareto RAID controller 4 Shutdown the application server s or stop the application s which are accessing the RAID then reset the RAID subsystem controller in order to use the new downloaded firmware With firmware release 3 21 and above host Os will not be interrupted by the download process Users may find a chance to stop host I Os and reset the controller for new firmwareto take effect oystem Functions Upgrading Firmware B 3 B 2 3 Upgrade the Firmware Binary Only Figure B 2 Upgrading Firmware Binaries Using RAIDWatch Program 1 Conne
17. JHGOD Slat Chi ID Size Mb Speed Lo DRU Status Uendor amd Product ID SEEN RELEGIE 11 ON LINE SEAGATE iel s z a5603 3900HB o ON LINE SEAGATE ST33675485 u s 1 a35ena 3oons o ON LINE SEAGATE ST33675455 l2 5 Peo AOGAB ON LINE SEAGATE 8137345455 al 1 3c4 gt e 356003 30005 o QN LINE SEAGATE ST33675455 9 2 3 1 25003 3008 N LINE SEAGATE ST33675485 u 3 304 156014 3 JOB ol IN LINE SEAGATE 13 16 rtis 4 acel al 35003 30085 ON LINE SEAGATE ST336 75455 arrou ETE Move Cursor Inter Select Ctrli L helresn Screen Use the arrow keys to scroll down to View and Edit Drives to display information on all the physical drives installed Drives are listed in the View and Edit Drives table Use the arrow k eys to scroll the table First examine whether there is any drive installed but not listed here If a disk drive is installed but not li sted the drive may be defective or not installed correctly If so please contact your RAID supplier The JBOD column will show an ID set by the JBOD s DIP switches Terminal Operation 4 7 IMPORTANT f Drives of the same brand model capacity might not have the same block number Setting the available drive space that wi Il be used from each member drive to a lower number during the logical drive configuration process may help to get around this issue The basic read
18. Maximum Drive Capacity Ass isn Spare Drives sk Reserved Space 256 MB ical Drive Asa ignments Log F Change Write Policy Write Back Write Through os t Step 6 5 This sub menu allows you to select the caching mode for this specific logical drive Default is a neutral value that is coordinated with the subsystem s general caching mode setting shown in brackets in the Write Policy status FREI Drive Capacity 9999MB S RLI Made Logical Drive Assignments Write Policy Def ault Write Back nitialize Mode On Line Off line Initialize for Create Logical Drive 7 mcm No Step 6 6 This sub menu allows you to see if the logical drive is immediately available If the online default mode is used logical drive is immediately r eady for IOs and you may continue with array configuration e g including the array int o a logical volume before the array s initialization process is completed RAID Inc 4K Bytes ok Bytes 16k Bytes 32K Bytes GIK Bytes 128K Bytes 256K Bytes 512K Bytes 1024K Eytes Step 6 7 Default 128k Bytes _ 239112MB This option should only be changed by experien ced technicians Setting to an incongruous value canseverely drag performance therefore this option should only be changed when you can be sure ofthe performance gains it might bring you For example if your array is often stressed by larger and sequential I Os se
19. Select an array type 3 Select a logical configuration 4 Select a lagical partition 5 Logica a uz aaa Part Select Yes to confirm 6 hammel 0 a Lun y tren hn t Step 4 Select an LUN number under the host ID Step 5 All available logical units will be listed Select one of them by pressing ENTER on it dam t Step 6 When selected all logical partitions under the logical unit will be listed Select a partition a t Step 7 A confirm box will appear Verify the details and press ENTER on Yes to complete the mapping process Repeat this process until you finish mapping all logical units to the host IDs you prefer Redundant Controller 12 25 12 26 Terminal View of Controller Failure What will happen when one of the controllers fails 1 When one of the controllers fails the other controller will take over in a few seconds 2 There will be an alert message that reads Redundant Controller Failure Detected Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected Users will be notified by audible alarm After a controller takes over it will act as both controllers If the Primary Controller failed the Secondary Controller becomes the Primary NOTE f Some operating systems SCO UnixWare and OpenServer for example will not automatically retry accessing the hard disk drives while the controller is taking over 12 5 3 When and How Is the Failed Controlle
20. Unfinished writes will be cached in memory in write back mode If power to the system is discontinued data stored in the cache memory will be lost Battery modules can support cache memory for several days allowing RAID controllers to keep the cached data When two controllers operate using the write back mode it is recommended to install a battery module to each controller RAID Inc 12 3 Configuration Concerns Listed below are the configuration concerns and phenomena you will encounter when configuring a redundant controller subsystem f By system default Controller A is always the primary RAID controller Controller B in the lower slot serves as the secondary If Controller A fails and is replaced afterward firmware returns the Primary role to the replacement controller after a system reboot f Shortly after a subsystem is powered up the LCD will display RC connecting After the controller negotiation is completed the communications betw een controllers should be established f The traditional mapping method co exists with the new cross controller access available with the 3 48 release With firmware revision 3 48 any logical configurations of drives can be associated with both Controller A and Controller B IDs Firmware A RAID configuration can only be managed by before rev 3 48 onecontroller Firmware rev A RAID configuration can be alternatively 3 48 managed by both RAID controllers One benefit of the cr
21. View and Edit Drives to navigate through the menus Choose View and Edit Drives then press ENT Use the up or down arrow Slot 1010MB keys to scroll down the list New DRV sEPAGATE of connected drives information screens You may first examine whether there is any drive installed but not shown here If thereis a drive installed but not listed the drive may be defective or not installed correctly Please check your enclosure installation and contact your system vendor 7 Step 3 t Step 4 Front Panel Operation Press ENT on a drive Choose View Drive Information by pressing ENT Use the up or down arrow keys to navigate through the screens View Drive Information Revision Number 0274 The Revision Number of the selected drive will be shown Press the down arrow key to see other information i N 2 8 2 4 2 4 1 Other information screens include Serial Number and Disk Capacity displayed in blocks each block equals 512K Bytes E IMPORTANT f Drives of the same brand model capacity might not feature the same block number f The basic read write unit of a hard drive is a block If members of a logical drive have different block numbers capacity the smallest block number will be taken as the maximum capacity to be used in every drive Therefore use drives of the same capacity so your investment is not wasted f You may assign a Local Global Spare Drive to a logical drive whos
22. e BHoSt S1de Parameters Driwe sidce Par ane ters Dick Array Parameters Redundant Controller Parameters Controller Paranetars Keys Mave Cursor E ac Lrx CEI Retir sh 5scr en The sector head and cylinder variables are presented as preset combinations Please refer to the documentation that came with your operating system and select one value set that is most appropriate for your OS os Main Menu gt Quick installation Maxjmum Queved 1 0 Count 256 LUNS per Host SCSI ID 8 Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection Def 4 Nunber of Tags Reserved for each WOST LUN Connection Def 32 5 ype Parameters Default values Values 1 Values Values Values Values Values ar ane ters Values Wallies RAID Inc 6 2 Drive side Parameters m i Hain Henu Buick installation ani 1 In a il ulnmu rei Mm IET Tina BH seconde uigmu Arion 170 Timmnurt T pecali Default uimu Hawimum Tag Coumt I amp EHE Periodic Orive Check Time Disable ur Periodic Ruto Detect Failure Drivs Swap Check Time 15 seconds al C Orius Peadicrahbla Fai lure Hodal SMART 0i ades dx ul C Ruta Hesign Global Spare Driva Di abled Ll Disk Array Parenetera Fedundant Control ler Perensters Control ler Paraneters Choose Drive side SCSI Parameters then press ENTER The Driveside SCSI parameters menu displays 6 2 1 SCS
23. following reasons 1 Oneofthedisk drives used for a logical drive might have failed during rebuild 2 Mediaerrors are encountered on another member drive during theinitialization process 3 Drive hardware faults occurred What to D o Carefully identify and replacethefaulty drive and perform logical drive initialization again M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion Aborted WhatHappens Logical drive expansion failed It could result from one of the following reasons 1 The expansion has been canceled by a user 2 Thedriveused for expansion might have failed during expansion 3 Mediaerrors are encountered on another member drive during the expansion process 4 Onemember drive has failed 5 Drivehardwarefaults occurred What to D o Carefully identify and replacethefaulty drive and perform logical drive expansion again M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion Failed WhatHappens Logical drive initialization failed It could result from one of the following reasons 1 The drive s used for expansion might have failed during expansion 2 Media errors are encountered on another member drive during the expansion process 3 One member drive has failed 4 Drivehardwarefaults occurred W hat to D o Carefully identify and replacethefaulty drive and perform logical drive expansion again M essage LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Failed WhatHappens Media Scan failed to carry on with scanning drive s for certain re
24. reGenerate parit e and feclace drive 7 e lt cuccce lt lt Bo i J Step 2 The array members will be listed Select the member drive the source drive you want to replace with a larger one 9 7 L6 Slot Size MB Speed LG DRV Status Vendor and Product ID Part 238469 158MB NONE FRHMT DRY Select one of the members as the source drive status indicated as ON LINE by pressing EN TER atable of available drives will prompt Select a new drive to copy the capacity of the source drive onto The channel number and ID number of both the Source Drive and the Destination Drive will be indicated in the confirm box Source Drive SLoT L Dastination Drive SLOT 45 Copy and Replace Drive ERATE Completion of the Copy and Replace process will be indicated by a notification message Follow the same method to copy and replace every member drive You may now perform Expand Logical RAID Inc Drive to make use of the added capacity and then map the additional capacity to a host LUN Drive Copying Moti fication 5 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Slotl Copy and Replace Completed g P E F 9 5 Making Use of the Added Capacity Expand Logical Drive In the following example the logical drive is originally composed of three member drives and each member drive has the capacity of 1GB Copy and Replace has been performed on the logical drive and each of its member drives has
25. sess 2 42 2 14 4 Controller Unique Identifier cccccesissssssesessssseeeeree 2 42 2 14 5 Controller Date and Time sessi nnns 2 42 IitizP OVC EO pc 2 43 BI T U Io IMO a rr PR m 2 43 2 15 Drive UES inciso ia eter eee Ee c eS en cUm CE Cu uu oes us d Fe D UNE RUE 2 43 2 15 1 Drive Read Write Test esses 2 44 Chapter 3 Terminal Screen Messages 3 1 MME IMAI SCFeGbi ununi aae ew oa eos cus eeu ee cea uuo aus cu UO ve duo aaa 3 1 3 2 Mali Mens carnesi ee a Fev ctus Gru o ernie eed E a aera Eius 3 3 3 9 Quick InstallallOH uisi uiratr iiu nis oo aa ata ca anra lea nda X vao v rino zo 3 3 3 4 Logical Drive SUAS cec ceo Eee ite eaae ioo 0o aE A E 3 4 3 5 Logical Volume SIalls no cei ee Pe eee Ease aaa 3 6 SS MERI SjCnPLee n M 3 7 waeiu Eld Leser m 3 8 3 8 Controller Voltage and Temperature 3 10 3 9 Viewing Event Logs on the Screen reess 3 10 Chapter 4 Terminal Operation 4 1 Poweron RAID EnCIOSULEGQ conr ee rou adesto da a tess aaa eec u eoa uu tese rre uuu Ex 4 1 42 Caching Parameters 55 ionic iet ece ee eon ER En MEE RUp Lese aiaa ananahi 4 2 4 2 1 ODDmizalonm MOG CS muss E eee ast anata aio LM ose i usable eee 4 2 4 2 2 Optimization Mode and Stripe Size sssssccccccsccccccccccesssseeesest
26. Chapter O Data Integrity This chapter discusses various firmware mechanisms that help to ensure data integrity No system is completely safe from hardware faults For example although the chance of occurrence is considerably low the occurrences of bad blocks on two RAID 5 or three RAID 6 hard drives can fail a whole data set When properly configured the functions below help to minimize the chance of data loss 1 2 3 4 5 6 Event Triggered Operations refer to Chapter 10 Failed Drive Detection Scheduled M aintenance Regenerate Logical Drive Parity Rebuild Priority Verification on Writes 1 Some of the configuration options may not be available to all sub revisions of firmware 2 All figures in this chapter are showing examples using the management hyper terminal screen Data Integrity 8 1 8 1 Failed Drive Detection 8 2 DEDIDBITEMIDIDEEESTTIETIANEM EXTDISSETJTTDE 8 1 1 Periodic Drive Check Time The Periodic Drive Check Time is the time interval for the controller to check all disk drives that were on the drive bus at system startup a list of all the drives that were detected can be seen under View and Edit Drives The default value is Disabled If set to 1 second it means that if a drive is removed from the bus the subsystem will poll the drive bus every second and be able to know if a drive is removed so long as no host accesses that drive Changing the ch
27. Ml RAID INCORPORATED General Operations Manual Falcon Ill Magellan X4 RAID Subsystems Version 1 5 10 2006 Firmware Revision 3 48x Contact Information RAID Incorporated 5 Branch Street Methuen MA 01844 800 330 7335 support raidinc com ii Copyright 2006 This Edition First Published 2006 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced trans mitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written consent of RAID Inc Disclaimer RAID makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Furthermore RAID reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revisions or changes Product specifications are also subject to change without notice Trademarks RAID Inc RAID Inc logo and RAIDWatch are all registered trademarks of RAID Inc PowerPC is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation and Motorola Inc Solaris and Java are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc All other names brands products or services are trademarks or registered trademarks of their
28. Step 3 Task Scheduler Options To configure a task schedule browse through the following options and make necessary changes t Step 3 1 Execute on Controller Initialization Media Sean Priority Normal Iteration Count Single Time on Controller Initialization YES Start time and date Not Set Execution Period Mot Set Media Scan Mode Concurrence Media Scan Priority Normal Select logical drives This option determines whether M edia Scan is automatically conducted whenever the RAID system is reset or powered on RAID Inc Data Integrity tl u J Step 3 2 Start Time and Date Execute on controller Initialization YES 1 O Start time and date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 Set Start Time and Date Ma4pohbem vvv B Enter time and date in its numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year E 1 4 Step 3 3 Execution Period Schedule Period Execution Once sac 2 sec Execute on Controll Start time and date Media Scan Mode c Media Scan Priority Select logical driv secs 20 days 11 days 2 weeks Pt weeks The scheduler memorizes the date and the time the actions are to be executed Select one of the following f If theaction is intended to be executed for one time only select Execution Once f Inthecaseof a periodic action the action is executed at the specified
29. 2G Unused 26 E E Expand Logical Drive RAID 5 8GB M partitions Partition N 1 new partition After expanding logical drive the additional capacity will appear as another partition new partition Figure 9 1 Logical Drive Expansion RAID levels supported RAID O 1 3 band 6 Expansion can be performed on logical drives or logical volumes under thefollowing conditions 9 2 RAID Inc 1 Thereis unused capacity in alogical unit 2 Capacity is increased by using member drives of larger capacity see Copy and Replace in the discussion below Data is recalculated and distributed to drive members or members of a logical volume U pon the completion of the process the added or the previously unused capacity will become a new partition The new partition must be made available through host LUN mapping in order for a host adapter to recognize its presence 9 3 Mode 1 Expansion Adding Drives to a Logical Drive Use drives with the same capacity as the original drive members Once completed the added capacity will appear as another partition new partition Data is automatically re striped across the new and old members during the add drive process See the diagram below to ge a clear idea 2 GB 2 GB 2 GE 2 GB 2 GE ae Ti E E iene EJ N partitions LOL dL dt aL d mem RAID 5 Logical Drive SG After adding SCSI drives the additional capacity will appear as another partiti
30. 2K to 4K Transaction performance is measured in I Os per second or IOPS Video Recording Playback and Imaging Applications These kinds of applications usually include video playback video post production editing or applications of a similar nature that tend to read or write large files to and from storage in a sequential order The size of each IO can be 128K 256K 512K or up to 1MB The efficiency of these applications is measured in MB per second MBps When an array works with applications such as video or image oriented applications the application reads Writes from the drive as arge block sequential threads instead of small and randomly accessed files The controller optimization modes have read ahead buffer and other Read Write characteristics tuned to obtain the best performance for these two major application categories 4 2 2 Optimization Mode and Stripe Size Each controller optimization mode has preset values for the stripesize of arrays created in different RAID levels If you want adifferent optimization mode for a configured array you must backup or move the stored data and recreate the arrays following the steps below 1 Stop host I O access 2 Move or backup all of your stored data in the subsystem 3 Change the optimization mode 4 Reset the subsystem Terminal Operation 4 3 4 2 3 5 Re create the array s Once the array s are created stripe size cannot be changed Lis
31. Replacing is done by copying data from the original members onto larger drives the smaller drives can then bereplaced without powering down the system 9 2 Notes on Expansion 1 Added Capacity When a new drive is added to an existing logical drive the capacity brought by the new drive appears as a new partition For example if you have 4 physical drives 36GB each in a logical drive and each drives maximum capacity is used the capacity of the logical drive will be 108GB One drives capacity is used for parity eg RAID 3 When a new 36GB drive is added the capacity will be increased to 144GB in two separate partitions one is 108GB and the other 36GB Array Expansion 9 1 2 Sizeof the New Drive A drive used for adding capacity should have the same or more capacity as other drives in the array 3 Applicable Arrays Expansion can only be performed on RAID O 1 3 5 and 6 logical drives Expansion cannot be performed on logical configurations that do not have parity eg NRAID or RAID 1 Expansion on RAIDO is not recommended because the RAID 0 array has no redundancy Interruptions during the expansion process may cause unrecoverable data loss 4 Interruption to the Process Expansion should not be canceled or interrupted once begun A manual restart should be conducted after the occurrence of a power failure or interruption of any kind Expand Logical Drive Re striping 4GB 4GB 4GB Inuse
32. SEAGATE ST336 TRIER 7 8 5 asmafamma none NEM CHU SERGRTE STSGBTBHGB B 5 4 asmg3 3ugMB NONE NEM diis ST33B 54BB C s sf a asm mee noe nex on serene sraa n sf i 35a 3 agqMe NONE NEW DRU SERGRTE 5722675455 e 5 Bj 35003 30gMB NONE NEW DRU SERBRTE 5T33B75458 Q Step6 2 You can add a spare drive from the list of the unused drives The spare chosen here is a Local spare and will automatically replace any failed drive within the logical drive The controller will then rebuild data onto the replacement drive in the ev ent of disk drive failure A logical drive composed in a non redundancy RAID level NRAID or RAID 0 does not support spare drive rebuild 4 4 3 3 Disk Reserved Space Q Step 6 3 The reserved space is a small section of disk space formatted for storing array configuration and RAIDWatch program data This item is for disp lay only you cannot change the size of the reserved space Terminal Operation 4 11 4 4 3 4 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Maximum Drive Capacity i 9999MB Assign Spare af hail isk Reserved D i Redundant Controller Logical Drive Assign to Secondary Controller yes No t Step6 4 If you use two controllers for a dual active configuration a logical drive can be assigned toeither of the controllers to balance workload Thedefault is the Primary Controller press ESC if change is not preferred
33. Testing the failover functionality can be performed using the following methods l Pulling out one of the controllers to simulate controller failure Pull out either the Primary or the Secondary Controller to simulate controller failure An error message will occur immediately and the alarm will sound The existing controller takes over the workload within a second Y ou may then clear all messages by pressing the ESC key for several times You may then re install the removed controller after all activities have been taken over by the existing controller It may take a whilefor the controllers to finish re initialization and assuming their load 2 Forcing controller failure Select View and Edit Peripheral Devices Set Peripheral Device Entry and Redundant Controller Primary Secondary Select Force Primary Secondary Controller Failure You may now RAID Inc pull out the controller you had just disabled I Os should be continued by the existing controller Continue the aforementioned procedure to complete the test 12 5 5 RCC Redundant Controller Communications Channel Status Thu Sep 29 6753 JI eRe Cache Status Chew Rain Ren Maick installation udcu and cedit Logical drives View and elit logical lUol ms wiru amd edil Host luns View and edit Drives View and edit channels and edit Configuration parameters 5 Bedundant Contraller Communication Channe SALA wi C Secondary Controller FS
34. Use the up or down arrow Partition keys to Sselet Partition Logical Volume Logical Volume then press ENT 7 Step 4 The total capacity of the LV 0 Prt l logical volume will be T 2021MB displayed as one partition Press ENT for two seconds to change the size of the first partition t Step 5 Use the up or down arrow LV 0 Part 0 keys to change the number o 2021MB the flashing digit see the arrow mark then press ENT to move to the next digit t Step 6 After changing all the digits press ENT for two seconds to confirm the capacity of this partition You may also usd iv 0 Part 0 arrow keys to move down Tum the next partition to configure more partitions i i The rest of the drive space will bg Ie automatically allocated as the last partition You may go on to create up to l6 partitions using the same method described above t Step 7 Press ESC several times to return to the M ain M enu 2 18 RAID Inc w IMPORTANT If operated with a Unix based system rese the subsystem for the configuration to take effect if any changes have been made to partition sizes and partition arrangement Front Panel Operation 2 19 2 20 2 7 Mapping a Logical Volume Logical Drive to Host LUN The process of mapping associating with a logical drive is identical to that of mapping a logical volume The process of mapping a logical volume is used here t Step 1 Press ENT for two se
35. ang Edit through the configuration menus rogical Drives Choose View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT Redundant Controller 12 17 Step 3 Create a logical drive or choose an existing logical drive then press ENT to see the logical drive menu The creation procedure is detailed in previous chapters Step 4 Choose Logical Drive Logical Drive Assignment then press EN T Assignment Redud Ctlr LG A Step 5 The message Redud Ctlr LG Assign Slot B Assign Sec Ctlr will appear Press ENT for two seconds to confirm Step 6 Map the logical drive or any logical unit to a host ID or LUN number under the designated controller B ID The host channel must have a Slot B ID If not available Slot B IDs can be manually added to a host channel 4 Mapping a Logical Drive Logical Volume to the Host LUNs A Steo 1 Choose View and Edit Host Luns from Main Menu and press ENT to proceed View and Edit Host Luns Use the arrow keys to navigate Map Slot B through the list of existing IDs and CH 0 ID 000 press EN T to select one of them Step 3 Use the arrow keys to select Map to mapping to a Logical Drive or Logical Drive Logical Volume to host LUNs If the logical unit has been partitioned map each partition to different IDs LUN s Use the arrow keys to choose a LUN number and press ENT to confirm CHO IDO LUNO No Mapped Press EN T agai
36. be scheduled starting at a specified start time and repeated at regularly timed intervals The start time and time intervals can be selected from drop down menus Start time is manually entered using its numeric representatives in the following order MMDDhhmm YYYY and it reads the date and time set for the controller s real time clock The selectable time intervals the Execution Period range from one 1 second to seven 7 weeks Each such schedule can be defined to operate on individual hard drives all members of a specified logical drive or members of selected logical drives Each schedule can include up to five 5 logical drives The RS 232C terminal interface and RAIDWatch revision 2 0 support this functionality Bad block auto Supported Automatic reassignment of bad reassignment block Battery backup for Supported The battery backup unit supports cache memory cache memory when power failure occurs The unwritten data in the cache memory can be committed to drive media when power is restored Verification on normal Supported Performs read after write during writes normal write processes to ensure data is properly written to drives Verification on rebuild Supported Performs read after write during writes rebuild write to ensure data is properly written to drives Verification on LD Supported Performs read after write during Firmware Functionality Specifications CO initialization writes logical
37. enlarges the maximum numbers of logical units 1 CIM size lt 1G__ DIMM size gt 1G Max no of LV BT X 16 Jes 1024 A 2 Advanced Features Media Scan Supported Verify written data on drives to avoid bad blocks from causing data inconsistency If bad blocks are found data can be reconstructed by comparing and recalculating parity from adjacent drives RAID1 3 5 6 The Reconstruction Writes are followed by Write Verification operation Firmware Functionality Specifications COA Bad Block Handling A method for handling low quality drives The in degraded mode operation is performed on both the logical drive in degraded mode or those that are being rebuilt If bad blocks should be encountered during Rebuild Add Drive Host Write or Regenerate Parity operation the controller will first attempt to reconstruct affected data and those unrecoverable bad blocks are stated as bad and the controller return to host Users have the option to abandon data on the unrecoverable sectors to continue rebuild in a degraded mode Low quality drive handling comes with transparent resetting of hung hard drives Transparent reset of Supported hung HDDs Auto cache flush on When critical conditions occur e g component critical conditions failure or BBU under charge cached data will be flushed and the write policy will be changed to write through mode caching mode dynamic switch Configurable Trigge
38. start time and then re enacted at the time interval indicated in the execution period so as to be executed again later The selectable interval ranges from one second to several weeks P a 7 Step 3 4 Media Scan Mode Execute on Controller Initialization YES Start time and date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 Execution Period Not set Media Scan oo o LE o Tan renge F S Set Execution Mode to Sequence 7 Yas No 8 8 8 If the maintenance schedule includes more than one logical drive the scan can be performed simultaneously on multiple logical drives together or separately on one logical drive at atime following a sequential order 9 Step 3 5 Media Scan Priority Media Scan Priority Normal Iteration Court Single Time Task Bee Pee od Low mtroller Initialization YES d date Fri May 7 14 09 00 7004 jod Not Set de Concurrence Thescan priority determines how much of the systems resources will be consumed to perform the scheduled task Select Low for better array performance and longer timeto compleethe media scan Higher priority allows higher scan performance at the cost of reduced array performance t Step 3 6 Select Logical Drives Execute on Controller Initialization YES Start Tine and date Fri Hay 7 L 63 90 2004 Execution Period Hot Set Media Scan Mode Concurrence Media Scan Priority Normal CF Wes Priority Exacutian Moda Mormal Concurre
39. to proceed and the notification will prompt LIC S GOOD J a et ot teat lon pee jill quw ji lj I Ss a es 2 ee ed Step 5 Press ESC again to cancel the notification prompt a status bar will indicate the percentage of progress t i Step 6 Upon compl ion there will appear a confirming notification The capacity of the added drive will appear as an unused partition Fa J Hot if icat Lom Harn Menu gt lt Quick installati LUN LV LD DRV Partition Size MB ee Ee eet u s e ses unos EH EFE jJ ESNEUNNEIEOETGCONNEESEN CUSTOS NNNM BO 34450224 NA KS Py ____GOoo s _4 _o oO view EE Size MB 8 0 9999 LL Ssoe GEsoo e T 9999 4999 7 The added capacity will be automatically included meaning that you do not have to expand logical drive later Map the added capacity to another host ID LUN to make use of it 9 5 As diagrammed above in View and Edit Host LUN the original capacity is 9999M B its host LUN mapping remains unchanged and the added capacity appears as the second partition x IMPORTANT f Expansion by adding drives can not be canceled once started If power failure occurs the expansion will be paused and the controller will NOT restart the expansion when power comes back on Resumption of the RAID expansion must be perfo
40. 232 Disabled uj H Cache Symchronization on Wdrite Thraugh E nale D Adaptive Write Policy Disabled edpsndanb Cantroller Paraneters LanEroller lFaraneters Hig LTTEBEETTETITI Ctri sL Retfreshn Screen This item is for display only showing the current communications routes 12 5 6 Adaptive Write Policy Mhu Aug 3 14 50 06 2006 Cache Status Cle RAT 44 4 Main Manu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and adit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels edit Configuration parameters c Redundant Controller Communication Channel Fibre Secondary Controller RS 232 Disabled Cache Synchronization on wWrite Throeugh Enable Ctri L Reiresh Screen Firmware is embedded with intelligent algorithms to detect and to adapt the array s caching mode to the characteristics of I O requests The capability is described as follows 1 When enabled the adaptive write policy optimizes array performance for sequential writes Redundant Controller 12 29 12 30 2 The adaptive policy temporarily disables an array s write caching 3 algorithm when handling sequential writes Write caching can be unnecessary with sequential writes for that write requests can be more efficiently fulfilled by distributing writes directly onto disk drives following the receiving order The adaptive policy changes the preset write policy of an
41. 4 Select Redundant Ctlr Function Function then press ENT a Step 5 The message Redundant Ctlr Slot Redundant Ctir A Slot B Degraded will appear on 51o A Degraded theLCD Deassert Reset Step6 Press ENT and the message on Failed Ctlr Deassert Reset on Failed Ctlr will appear Redundant Clic Press ENT for two seconds and primary Scanning the controller will start to scan for the new controller and bring it online d Step 8 The new controller will then start to initialize i cw c 7 Step 9 Once initialized the replacement g gg ggg controller should assume the role of the Secondary Controller and if the replacement is installed into the upper slot it will restore its Primary role after a system reboot F 12 5 Configuration Processes via Terminal Emulation Power on all hard drives and thetwo controllers If drives are installed in a drive enclosure wait for the drives to be ready then power on the primary RAID enclosure 12 5 1 Creating Controller A and Controller B IDs Step 1 Enter View and Edit Channels then press ENTER and select the host channel on which you wish to create Controller A or Controller B IDs Redundant Controller 12 21 Cache Status Clean OS Host per EHEH Eaa O GHz Ser Fi view chip v inFormation View device i E name lis pata jeje pnm RT autolseria FL XIII ESC Exit cCtrl L Refr
42. 41 01 40045 Gache Stalus Clean BAT BAD JREATD Slot Ch Ih SizeiMB Speed LG DRU Status Jg L j 450034 3TXME SEAGATE ST31675455 J SQ SUPE E ON LIAE SEAGATE 5I 3665155 75005 30O0ME OM LINE SEnhGnTE 5T33675455 ON LINE SEAGATE OB T THE S AGATT Uendnr and Product Th POO 3137345488 456603 ST 3d6 75455 QON LINE SEAGATE STa46 5455 45005 300MB 6 ON LINE SEAGATE ST336 739455 hitter 3e lec LirlaL Refresh Serec hrrow Keys Auve Cursor Figure 3 6 Drive Status Screen JBOD JBOD ID of the disk drive Slot Slot number of the disk drive Size MB Drive capacity Speed XXMB Maximum transfer rate of the drive channel interface LG DRV X The disk drive is a member of logical drive yn If the Status column shows STAND BY the drive is a Local Spare belonging to logical drive X Status Global Thedisk driveis a Global SpareDrive INITING Proceeding with array initialization ON LINE Thedriveisin good condition REBUILD Proceeding with array Rebuild process STAND Local Spare Drive or Global Spare Drive The BY Local Spare Drives LG DRV column will show the logical drive number The Global Spare Drives LG DRV column will show Global NEW DRV A new drive has not been included in any logical drive or configured as a spare drive USED An used drive that is not a member of any DRV logical drive or configured as a spare FRMT Formatted drive drive formatted
43. Drives view and edit Scsi channels view and edit Configuration parameters ENE TELNE ICIO E C T S vi View Peripheral Device Status Set Peripheral Device Entry Define Peripheral Device Active Signal Adjust LCD Contrast PCantrolier Peripheral Device Cont Lauration View Peripheral Device Status Voltage and Temperature Parameters Figure 3 8 Controller Voltage and Temperature Monitoring Page Choose from M ain M enu View and Edit Peripheral Devices and press ENTER From the submenu choose Controller Peripheral Device Configuration View Peripheral Device Status then press ENTER Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view an view an ache Status ean e Cache Enable Operation Normally Operation Normally Operation Normally Temperature 32 0 C Temperature within Safe Range Boardi Temperature 45 5 C Temperature within Safe Range Board2 Temperature 43 0 C Temperature within Safe Range View Peripheral Device Status Voltage and Temperature Parameters Figure 3 9 Controller Voltage and Temperature Status Screen The current status of voltage and temperature detected by the controller will be displayed on screen and will be stated as normal out of order within or within the safety range Viewing Event Logs on the Screen When errors occur you may want to trace the records to
44. EHH3 dd Press ENTER on a displayed adapter WWPN and you will be prompted with a confirm box as shown above Choose Yes and enter a namefor the host adapter port Fibre related Host side Parameters Thi Oct 6 11 18 59 26005 Cache Status Clean HAT BAD Main Heu gt Quick installakion yeu view Maximun Queued T 0 Count 1024 View LUNs per Host ID 8 View Maux Munber uf Concurrenb losl LUN Connection va Fa view umber of Tags Reseruged for each Host LUM Connection 256 Peripheral Deuice Tipe Parameters Host Cylinder HeadSector Napping Configuration W Fibre Connection Option Dhriu Paint to point only hisk loop preferred otherwise point to point ku au GunLroller Parameters 5 2 1 Fibre Operation JuLrixL hefresh Screen Fibre Channel Connection Option Use the 1 keys to scroll down to View and Edit Configuration Parameters Host side Parameters and then Fibre Connection Option A prompt will display all options Select one appropriate for your Fibre Channel topology 5 7 5 8 5 2 2 If subsystem host ports are directly connected to host H BAs select the Point to Point mode For a switched fabric configuration a redundant controller system can be connected to host computers via FC switches regardless of host port settings Controller Unique Identifier Thi Sep 9 01 15 59 2005 Cache Status Clean i Hain Menu Quick installation v
45. HAT NUHE ETT 1 Sunt 1k De flsd 5 Cur 5imc 1k C 33 SHH channel Node a Ae Wn Harrpw Zn uHz uicu and edit scsi I4 1 SAS scsi Terminator a SATA 3 8HHx ne Leametec luck 4 BALL snc Lransi el Wide transfer iA REP Britz parity check Enabled b ANHE uicu chip information SATA SAT 1 SHHz n AHH 4 GAH 4 SANZ z dnHz e JHHz fiance Ctrl L Kerresh D ETT Arran Heuz llo g Cursor Enter select This option is available in the configuration menu of Fibre hostchannel and the drive channel configuration menus of Fibre or SATA based subsystems Default is AUTO and should work fin ewith most disk drives Changing this setting is not recommended unless some particular bus signal issues occur Most SATA ATA based systems connect only one drive per SATA ATA channel 4 for multi lane with SATA II to help avoid asingle drive failure from affecting other drives The maximum mechanical performance of today s drives can reach around 40MBps sustained read which is still far below the bandwidth of a d rive channel bus Setting the SATA bus speed to a lower value can get around some problems but will not become a bottleneck to system performance Note that the SATA ATA speed is the maximum transfer rate of the 5 ATA ATA bus in that mode It does not mean the drive can actually carry out that amount of sustained read write performan ce For the performance of each drive model please refer to the documentation
46. IDs t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to seect View and Edit Channels then press ENT View and Edit Channels t Step 2 Channel information will be displayed Press ENT on theCHO Host ID 112 host channel you wish the ID 5XF 4GHz changed t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow set Channel ID keys to select Se Channel ID then press ENT 2 34 D 2 O 5 e Q Step4 Use the up or down arrow keys to browse through th cnur 0 ID 112 existing host IDs Press ENT on any ID combination to continue 2 12 2 Adding a Channel ID Press ENT on a host channel on Set Channel ID and then on an existing ID Q Step 5 1 1 Use the up and down arrow keys to select Add Channel ID then press ENT 1 step 5 1 2 Use the up and down arrow keys to choose the ID you wish to add then press ENT for two seconds to complete the process Add Channel ID Add CHL 0 ID 113 2 step 5 1 3 A prompt will remind you ene Ge to reset the subsystem forlpo Reset Ctlr the configuration change to take effect You may press ENT to reset the subsystem immediately or you may press ESC to continue adding other host IDs and reset the subsystem later 2 12 3 Deleting a Channel ID t Step 5 2 1 Press ENT for two seconds view and Edit to enter the Main Menu Channels t Press the up or down arrow keys to select View and cHL Host ID 113 Edit Channels then presg SXF AU
47. If the logical configuration has not been partitioned you can map the whole capacity Partition O to a host ID LUN t Step 10 Press ENT for two seconds Map Host LUN when prompted by Map Host LUN to proceed 7 Step 11 Mapping information will be displayed on the subsequent screen Press ENT for two seconds to confirm the LUN mapping CHO ID112 LUNO MAP to LVO PRTO t Step 12 The mapping information will appear for the second CHO ID112 LUNO time Press ENT or ESC to MAPto LVO PRTO confirm and the host ID LUN screen will appear t Step 13 Use the arrow keys to selet CH 0 ID 112 another ID or LUN number to continue mapping your logical configurations or press ESC for several times to leave the configuration menu With any of the host ID LUN successfully associated with a logical capacity the No Host LUN message in the initial screen will change to Ready If you want to create more host IDs please move to Section 2 12 Viewing and Editing Channels for more details on channel mode and channel IDs settings Front Panel Operation 2 2 2 22 2 8 2 8 1 2 8 2 Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings Adding a Local Spare Drive t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 t Step 4 t Step 5 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Drives then press ENT Disk drive informati
48. Keys Move Cursor Enter 38 lect Screen Figure 3 2 The Terminal Utility Main Menu Use the arrow keys to move the cursor bar through the menu items then press EN TER to choose a menu or ESC to return to the previous menu screen In a subsystem or controller head where battery status can be detected battery status will be displayed at the top center Status will be stated as Good Bad several plus signs VT 100 mode or color blocks ANSI mode will be used to indicate battery charge A battery fully charged will be indicated by five plus signs or color blocks When initializing or scanning an array the controller displays progress percentage on the upper left corner of the configuration screen An i indicates array initialization An s stands for scanning process The number s next to them indicate the logical drive number eg logical drive 0 3 3 Quick Installation l lt Main Menu gt Quick installation S Create Logical Drive es Yes No v view and E ont isuray ion parameters view and edit Peripheral devices system Functions view system Information view and edit Event logs V V Vv Figure 3 3 Quick Installation Page Type Q or usethe f keys to select Quick installation then press ENTER Choose Yes to create a logical drive Terminal Screen Messages 3 3 All possible RAID levels will be displayed Use the t keys to select a RAID level then press ENTER The
49. LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Recovered 000000084 Event Messages C 3 C 2 Channel and Individual Drive Events C 4 C 2 1 Critical CHL 01D 132 ALERT M edia Error Unrecoverable OxD 8001C 7C CHL 0 FATAL ERROR O C 2 2 Warning CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Unexpected Select Timeout CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Unexpected Select Timeout CHL 1 Drive Channel ALERT Unexpected Select Timeout CHL 1 RCC Channel ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 1 Drive Channel ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected CHL 1 RCC Channel ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 1 Drive Channel ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered CHL 1RCC Channel ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 1 Drive Channel ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete CHL 1RCC Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 11D 1 Host Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 1 Host Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected CHL 01D 0 Drive ALERT Unexpected Drive N ot Ready 00B CHL 01D 0 Drive ALERT Drive HW Error 00B CHL 0RCC Channel ALERT Unit Attention Received CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Unit At
50. Locate the logical drive to which the drive with predictable errors belongs Select the Clone Failing Drive function Select Replace After Clone The controller will automatically start the cloning process using the existing stand by dedicated global spare drive to clone the source drive the target member drive with predicted errors If there is no standby drive local global spare drive you need to add a new drive and configure It as a standby drive on din A Ges aia Sees Cache Ktatists Clea i 174 iii i2 17 amp i4 12m issii ibtlis i8 1 5 19 9 i1B 5 Teepe RE WEG anmi Proadict to DH I HE PSSA DHMH L I HE PSMA Db LI AE So HA 4 0H LIHE Raster YESH Linke di ius informant ion YHA Identify drive Flo E d E A Lesbo a FOAL PS HAH SBHPRH The cloning process will begin with a notification message Press ESC to proceed e Lopving Notification bar RAID Inc rot ERIT TO Secr Seeed CDW Status vendor and reduci 0 SS mu onil Quic 28 Completed Haf s sepzwe none new pay z sp spzwe ww wuow 2 s sis zeve wow wen oiv Y ou may quit the status bar by pressing ESC to return to the table of the connected drives Selec the drive indicated as CLONING by pressing ENTER SiecTeni 39 Size c8 seecae DRV Status Vendor and P
51. NOTICE Starting On Line Expansion What Happens Start expanding the logical drive s added or free capacity previously not included when system find appropriate time after selecting to expand its capacity The On Line mode allows the added capadty of a logical driveto appear immediately as a usable partition and ready for host Os This partition may require being associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus Response to host I Os will be slower because the expansion process requires distributing data blocks and parity data across new drive sectors What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed What Happens Logical drive on line expansion completed The added capacity will appear as anew partition and this partition may require being associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus A djustments should also be made through the host OS volume management utility W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Expansion What Happens Start expanding the logical drive s added or free capacity previously not included when system find appropriate time after selecting to expand its capacity The Off Line mode does not allow the added capacity of alogical driveto be immediately available for host I Os This partition can only be associated with a separate ID LUN on the host bus after the expansion
52. Press the up or down arrow keys to Shutdown Controller then press ENT Press ENT again for two seconds to confirm t Step 2 The controller will now flush ShutdownComplete 2 the cache memory Press ENT Reset Ctlr for two seconds to confirm and to reset or power off the subsystem 2 13 5 Controller Maintenance For Controller Maintenance functions please refer to Appendix C 2 13 6 Saving NVRAM to Disks Y ou can choose to backup your controller dependent configurati o information to disks We strongly recommend using this function to save the configuration profile whenever a configuration change is made The information will be distributed to every logical drive in the RAID system If using the RAIDWatch manager you can save your configuration details as a fileto a computer system drive A RAID configuration of drives must exist for the controller to write NVRAM content onto it u Step 1 From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use arrow keys to scroll cue d cue y gt Maintenance Se down and select Controller M aintenance Save NVRAM to Disks then 3Ve NVRAM To Disks press ENT Q Step2 Press ENT for two seconds on the message prompt Save NVRAM to Disks A prompt will inform you that NVRAM in 6rmation has been successfully saved Restore with Password 2 13 7 Restore NVRAM from Disks CAUTION 2 40 RAID Inc The Restore NVRAM is a function that carries some
53. TRY tl Nail Write Policy Write th rough Initial Mode On Line Create Logical Volume 7 Yes No Note that if a logical volume is manually assigned to a specific controller all its members assi gnments will also be shifted to that controller 4 22 RAID Inc Q Step 6 When all the member logical drives have been selected press ESC to continue The confirm box displays Choose Yes to create the logical volum e ww T 35 emoa SO Deo SO aol A DETECTA E T Delete logical volume Partition logical volume ters logical volume Assignments Expand logical volume Write Policy add Logical drive ucceccBdco i t J Step7 Press ENTER on a configured volume and the information of the created logical volume displays LV Logical Volume ID ID Unique ID for the logical volume randomly generated by the RAID controller firmware Size Capacity of this volume LD Number of the included members 4 7 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume The process of partitioning a logical drive is the same as that of partitioning a logical volume The partitioning of a logical volume is used as an example in the proceeding discussion Note that partitioning can be very useful when dealing with a very la rge capacity however partitioning a logical drive or logical volume is not a requirement for RAID configuration Terminal Operation 4 23 4 24 ache atus ean Write Cache Enable
54. Topical dr ive Tres of NEN g1 drive assignment Expand logical drive regenerate parity EET 4 c py and replace drivi Media scan add drives write policy Redundant Controller Logica Drive Assign to Slot A view drives Delete logical drive The reassignment is evident from the View and Edit Logical Drives screen SO indicates that the logical drive is Logical Drive 0 assigned to the Secondary controller Mapping a Logical Drive Logical Volume to the Host LUNs i TIPS Before proceeding with the mapping process draw an abstract diagram of your configurations to help clarify the relationships among physical and logical components Before the mapping process check if you have properly configured logical drives logical drive assignment and host IDs RAID Inc Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives gait logical volumes V IT N and ec 113 5 Liz 113 112 113 CHL Liz CHL 113 Edit Host ID WwN Name List V vi CHL CHL CHL CHL CHL an Es eh pe t Step 1 Enter the View and Edit Host LUNs menu A list of existing host IDs will be displayed q Step 2 Select a host ID either a Controller A or Controller B ID by pressing ENTER dq Step 3 Select the type of logical unit Logical Drive or Logical Volume you wish to associate d x host ID piene Select an LUN number 1 Map Host LUN 2
55. Volume Simple Dynamic NTFS EE System Tools j E fal Event Viewer A System Information EA Performance Logs and Alerts Hh Shared Folders ugg Device Manager EE Local Users and Groups E S Storage AS Disk Management Mj Disk Defragmenter t Logical Drives Hg Removable Storage New Volume E me Services and Applications 16 58 GB NTFS Healthy SDisk 2 Dynamic 6 29 GB online Select an existing volume Disk1 and then right click on the disk column Select Extend Volume to proceed RAID Inc Array Expansion Partition Explore New Volume Simple Extend volume dd irate Change Drive Letter and Path Format Resp viste ame Deere volume Properties Disk 1 Dynamic Mew Volume E Help 16 58 GB 16 58 GB NTFS Online Heakhy 6 25 GE unalacated Eu Ld B Unalocated Bl Primary Patton B Simple volume 9 15 9 16 The Extend Volume Wizard will guide you through the rest of the process Extend Volume Wizard X Select Disks Select the disks and disk size to estend the volume Ta extend the volume select one or more disks All available dynamic disks Selected dynamic disks Disk 2 8487 MB lt 4 Remove lt lt Remove Ail B Total volume size 25453 M Size For all selected disks 8487 Masimum 848 MB Back Next gt Cancel The screen will display that the volume se of Drive E has been extended into a spann
56. accelerate rebuild of a logical drive In the example described below multiple faults can occur at the same time making the array exposed to the risk of data loss Us Ox Ux Ox Ux Ox There is only one Global Spare in a RAID subsystem That Global Spare has been used to rebuild a logical drive The failed drive is swapped out and replaced by a new one Chances are system administrators forgot to configure the replacement drive as a spare A member of another logical drivefails The subsystem has no spare left Performance decreases for a considerable portion of system resources has to be conducted to generate data from the remaining members of the logical drive If yet another member fails in the logical drive data is lost The chance of failing two drives increases when a failed drive in the array cannot be replaced immediately for the lack of spare drives RAID Inc TheFunction If a drive has a capacity smaller or apparently larger than the members of configured arrays the controller may avoid using it as a global spare Enablethe function and reset the controller for the configuration to take effect 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance Task Scheduler The Task Scheduler functionality allows Media Scans to be scheduled beginning at a specified start time and repeating at regular intervals defined by a configurable interval period Each such schedule can be defined to operate on individual hard drives all drives of a certain
57. and Secondary IDs Host Channel Y Step 1 In View and Edit Channels cur 0 ID 0 pres ENT to seect a host S1ot A Ctilr channel Use the up or down arrow keys to select Set Channel ID A pre configured ID will appear press EN T to proceed Add Channel Use the up or down arrow keys to rp select Add Channel ID and then press ENT for two seconds on the siot A Controller A or Controller B Controller 5 to proceed When prompted by this message od CHL 0 uz use the arrow keys to select an ID Stir Press ENT to confirm Change Setting Do Reset Ctlr Step 5 A message will prompt to remind you to rese the controller Press ENT to res amp the controller or press ESC to reurn to the previous menu The change of ID will only take effect after a system reset 3 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Controllers A logical drive logical volume or any of its logical partitions can be assigned to either Controller A or Controller B By default a logical drive is automatically assigned to Controller A controller installed in the upper controller slot which as a factory default the Primary controller To divide the workload you may manually assign a logical driveto Controller B if the host computer is also connected to Controller A Step 1 Press EN T key for two seconds to enter the firmware utility s Main Menu Y Step 2 Use the arrow keys to navigate 4
58. array s original write policy RAID Inc 12 5 7 Cache Synchronization on Write disi Aug 11 40 03 2006 c Main Meru gt Quick installation wiew and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes wiew and edit Hast luns View and edit Drives wiew and edit channel 5 Redundant controller communication Channel Fibre Secondary control eei OF MIRAET MESS Cache sS nchronizati h CtrleL Refresh Screen If your redundant controller system is not operating with Write back caching you can disable the synchronized cache communications between RAID controllers Your system can be spared of the efforts to mirror and transfer data between partner controllers This increases array performance for subsystems that operate without write caching N ote that the configuration changes made to the RAID subsystem will still be synchronized between the partner controllers Redundant Controller 12 31 12 32 12 6 Operation Theory 12 6 1 Grouping Hard Drives and LUN Mapping Inter Controller Relationship With subsystems built on the new ASIC266 400 chipsets a slot A slot B position principle is applied The new position principle helps ensure the fixed location of a dominating Primary controller Array management ID LUN mapping and array operation remain basically unchanged using the traditional and the new principles The new principle defines the RAID controller installed in Slot A usually the upp
59. array when handling I Os with heterogeneous characteristics If firmware determines it is receiving write requests that come in a sequential order the write caching algorithm is disabled on thetarget logical drives If the subsequent I Os are fragmented and are received randomly firmware automatically restores the original write cache policy of the target logical drives Adaptation for the Redundant Controller O peration 4 If arrays managed by a redundant controller configuration are configured to operate with write back caching cached data will be constantly synchronized between the partner controllers Upon receiving sequential writes firmware disables write caching on target arrays and also the synchronized cache operation v IMPORTANT f If the size of an array is larger than 16TB only the optimization for sequential I O can be applied A logical drive of this size is not practical therefore there is actually no limitation on the combination of optimization mode and array capacity f Every time you change the Caching Parameters you must rese the controller for the changes to take effect f n the redundant controller configuration write back will only be applicable when there is a synchronized cache channel strung between partner controllers f TheAdaptive Write Policy is applicable to subsystems working in the normal condition If for example a drive fails in an array firmware automatically restores the
60. assigned spare drive will be a Local Spare Drive not a Global Spare Drive All available disk drives in the enclosure will be included in one logical drive The subsystem will start initialization and automatically map the logical drive to LUN Oof thefirst host channel available 3 4 Logical Drive Status Fri Oct 28 17 56 38 2005 Cache Status Clean 4400 GOOD oe col f et ad oof 2723N913 Nh RAIDS 6400 GOOD NONE RDME NONE rrou heuys Maue CULT Gb Enter soe lect 6c Ex Clrlt L Refresh Screen Figure 3 4 Logical Drive Status Screen N NOTE A logical drive in a singlecontroller subsystem is always managed by one controller and the P or S indicator will not appear LG Logical Drive number P Primary S Secondary LV The Logical volumeto which this logical drive belongs ID Controller generated uniquelD RAID RAID level SIZE MB Capacity of the Logical Drive Status 1 Logical Drive Status Column 1 GOOD Thelogical driveisin good condition DRV FAILED A drive member failed in thelogical drive CREATING Logical driveis being initiated 3 4 RAID Inc DRV ABSENT An empty drivetray INCOMPLETE Two or moredrives failed in the logical drive INVALID The logical drive was created but has not been fully initialized when another version of firmware is being loaded After the subsystem resets the array status should return to normal FATAL FAIL Two member drives failed at the same time the array isinacce
61. channel configurations e g channel mode IRCCOUM a KARA ALTO i Serial I F Ho Nal iez AUTO seriar 2 Drive aur aur 3 GHz serial 3r 4 Drive RUT AUT 3 GHz Serial i 4 i Inc ive leur aur 3 GHz se r al i n Drive faur aur 3 GHZ seriar amp coon wal wal 3 acHz sata 3 0GHz SATA HA AP _ GOGH SAT Choose View and Edit Channels in the Main Menu to display channel status 5 1 T 11 433 1H8 2005 Cache Status Clean BAT ch Hode PIB SIDIDefSuynm Ik Detwuid 5 Tere Curesagnt tk Curlulird in HP AUTH Loe serial F HA Add Ghannel SCS ID SeriallaA NA i GHz Serial i Delete Channel SCSI ID sala Scriallifi Hn i GHz 5rrial 443 Drive AUT ALUT 3 GHz 5erial h HA 3 GHe Serial 5 Drive AUT AUT 3 GH Serial Aa HA i GHz Serial f KL CIIM HP A 3 OH ean fh i HUGHA SALA T RC COM HAJ MA 3 OGHZ SATA 3 OGHZ SATA Arrow Keys Move Cursor Enter Select Esc iExit CtrleLikerresh Screen 7 IMPORTANT M ost Falcon III M agdlan X 4 subsystems have preset host drive and RCC channels that cannot be changed The channel mode option will not be availableon the subsystem models 5 1 1 Viewing and Editing IDs Host Channel BART 3 Cn1 Mode PID S1D DefSynclk DefWid S Term Oursynt lk Cur
62. class all member drives of a specified logical drive or all member drives of all logical drives Uls supported are RS232C terminal menus and RAIDWatch GUI manager Status Clean BAT WOKE ID Lv RAID S z amp HMB Status 1 2 3 C LN ECCIJESE NA RATOS 1673 BS SHUT DOWN SHUT OWN i iil waw drivas Li sooo Delete logical drive Partition logical drive 000 logical drive Mame Expand logical drive i GO add drives reGenerate parity Opyv and replace drive HE HE write policy eve Move DUP sor Step 1 Accessing the Task Scheduler Utility 7 Step 1 1 The scheduler utility can be accessed through the View and Edit Logical D rives menu by selecting a configured array and to display the list of array related functions Select M edia Scan by pressing ENTER Media scan Priority AER Data Integrity 8 5 8 6 at Step 1 2 Select Task Scheduler by pressing ENTER Step 2 Creating a New Schedule t Step 2 1 If thereis no preset schedule a confirm box will prompt soe sane PPE ECCAEGSE MA RAID 1 ri HEI an wm ms Media Scan Priority Normal Iteration count Single Time ves No Media Scan Priority Normal Tratin Count Single Time oh t Step 2 2 Press ENTER on an existing schedule to display the configuration options You may choose to check information of a task schedule to create a new schedule or to remove a configured schedule
63. components can be damaged if operated under elevated temperature You can configure the time periods between the detection of exceeded thresholds and the controller s commencing an automatic shutdown The shutdown does not electrically disconnect the subsystem When shutdown is commenced the subsystem stops responding to O requests and flushes all cached writes in its memory During that time system administrators should have been notified of the Enclosure Management 7 3 7 4 condition and have begun restoring proper cooling of the subsystem Extended operation under critical conditions like elevated temperature greatly reduces system efficiency and will eventually cause component failure Quick inst view and y3ew and yie and view and view an view an view an D t i a L z Main Menu gt arma Shutdown Period 2 min Shutdown Period 5 min shutdown Period 10 min Shutdown Period 20 min shutdown Period 30 min Shutdown Period 45 min Shutdown Period 1 haur Operations d ed Temperature exceeds threshold shutdown Period view and edit view and edit view and edit view and edit view and e view and e view and e S S S S Main Quick installation Disable Enable Cache Status Clean Write Cache Enable Logical drives logical Volumes Host luns scsi Drives utdown Period Change
64. configuration Maximum number of 8 as default up to 64 with a 1GB memory size partitions for each logical drive logical volumes memory size LUNs Mappable memory size LUNs per host ID Maximum number of 16 Media Scan task schedules Concurrent I O Tag Command Supported Queuing TCQ Native Command Supported Queuing NCQ Supported hereby defined as the spare drive specifically assigned to a logical drive Global spare drive Supported the spare drive that serves all logical drives as long as it is equal in size or larger than logical drive members Global spare auto assign Supported applies to non configured drive s safeguards the array if a spare has been used in the previous array rebuild and users forget to configure a new drive as a Spare Enclosure spare drive Spare that participates in the rebuild of the failed drive within the same enclosure Co existing Dedicated Supported Local Enclosure specific and Global spare drives Auto rebuild onto Supported spare drive Auto scan of Supported replacement drive upon manually initiated rebuild One step rebuild onto Supported a replacement drive Immediate logical Supported drive availability Logical arrays are immediately ready for Host I Os Initialization task is completed in the background except when the logical array is stated as INCOMPLETE or BAD e g has a failed member right after the creation A
65. connect the Ethernet interface from both controllers to ports on an Ethernet hub In the event of controller failure the IP address assigned to the Primary Controller will be inherited by the surviving controller The Ethernet port connection management session will be continued An operator may have to re enter the IP address to re connect the controller subsystem from a management console 12 11 12 2 2 General Firmware Configuration Procedures Below are the basic procedures for readying a redundant controller subsystem Step 1 Controller U nique Identifier The Falcon Ill Magellan X4 subsystems usually come with a default identifier If the default is lost for some reasons find a unique identifier for each RAID controller View amp Edit Peripheral Devices Controller Parameters Controller Unique Identifier Controller A and Controller B IDs on Host Channels View and Edit Channels Choose a host channel View and Edit Fibre ID Choose an ID Under Add Delete Channel ID Controller A Controller B Select an ID from the list Reset the controller for the configuration to take effect Create Logical Configurations of Drives and Assign Each of Them to Controller A or Controller B Under View and Edit Logical Drives Select a Logical Drive entry Select a RAID level Select member drives Configure other parameters e g stripe size Create Logical Drive Map Each Logical C
66. cooling fan failure might have caused the situation What to D o Correct your installation site condition and cooling fan failure Contact your RAID system supplier if a replacement is necessary M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Temperature Sensor 0 Failure Detected What Happens Temperature sensor failure reported through an 12C serial bus W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier C 26 RAID Inc M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Temperature Sensor O Not Present WhatHappens Temperature sensor failed or serial bus configuration connection faults occurred W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cold Detected WhatHappens Temperature dropped below the lower system threshold detected Improper installation site condition might have caused the situation W hat to D o Correct your installation site condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage SES CO10 Temp Sensor 0 Device N ote Supported W hat H appens Unrecognizable devicetype This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring What to D o Check proper module installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage U PS Connection Is A bsent WhatHappens TheCOM 2link to aUPS deviceis absent W hat to D o Check cabling to the UPS device If hardwarefaults occurred contact your RAID system supplier M essage SAF TE Device 2 ALERT UPS
67. drive initialization to ensure data is oroperly written to drives Drive S M A R T Supported Drive failure is predictable with support reference to the different variables detected Reaction schemes are selectable from Detect only Perpetual Clone and Copy Replace These options help to improve MTBF Clone failing drive Users may choose to clone data from a failing drive to a backup drive manually Automatic shutdown Controller automatically enters an idle state on over temperature stops answering I O requests upon the condition detection of high ambient temperature for an extended period of time A 8 System Security Password protection Supported All configuration changes require the correct password if set to ensure system security Password protection is also bundled with all user interfaces User configurable Supported After certain time in absence of user password validation interaction the password will be requested timeout again This helps to avoid unauthorized operation when user is away SSL enabled Agents communicate to the controller through RAIDWatch Agents limited set of authorization options A 10 RAID Inc A 9 Environment Management SAF TE S E S support Supported The SAF TE S E S modules can be connected to the drive channels The RAID controller will detect errors from SAF TE S E S devices or notify drive failures via SAF TE S E S Both SAF TE S E S via drive and devic
68. drive is still retrying or while a drive is unable to arbitrate the drive bus Setting the timeout to a greater value will cause the controller to keep waiting for a drive and it may sometimes cause a host ti meout RAID Inc amp Hain Menu Quick installation Driva Motor Spin Up Disabled Disk Accasa Malau Time GA aeconds ime Olsable ai lure Drive Suap Check Tina 15 seconde wre Medel SHART isshled re Orien Disabled Choose Drive I O Timeout Default 7 seconds then press ENTER A list of selections will appear Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting 6 2 4 Maximum Tag Count Tag Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ Support BEEN HTEIDENEDDAI Cache Status Clean Disk Access Delay Time 25 seconds Yiew Drive I g Timeout 7 Periodic Drive check Time Periodic SAF TE and SES Device Che ire SO Seconds Periodic Auto Detect Failure Orive Swap Check Time 5 seconds Drive Predictable Failure Modecsmaay D ieabled Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Disabled Grive 5pindown Idle Delay Perved Disabled C Drive Delayed write Disabled LEE Array Parameters zedundant Controller Parameters controller Parameters atresi Screen This sub menu facilitates the support for both Tagged Command Queuing TCQ and Native Command Queuing NCQ TCQ is a tradition
69. edit Configuration p Ces Communication Parameters As one of the submenus in Caching Parameters this option controls the cached write policy Choose Caching Parameters then press ENTER Select Write Back Cache then press ENTER Enabled or Disabled will display the current setting with Write back caching Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting The Write through mode is safer if your controller is not configured in a redundant pair and there is no battery backup or UPS device to protect cached data Write back caching can dramatically improve write performance by caching the unfinished writes in memory and letting them be committed to drives in a more efficient manner In the event of power failure a battery backup module can hold cached data for days The Default option should be considered as Not Specified If setto Default the logical drive s caching behavior will be automatically controlled by firmware In the event of component Terminal Operation 4 5 failure or violated temperature threshold Write back caching will be disabled and changed to a conservative Write through mode 4 2 5 Periodic Cache Flush Mon May LO 13 59 44 2O04 Cache Status C z Main Menu Quick installation view and adit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns View and edit Drives channels amp oanTaguracei
70. f 12 2 Related Functions o 12 2 1 Requirements o 12 2 3 Limitations o 12 2 4 Configurable Parameters Configuration Concerns f 12 3 Configuration Concerns Configuration Processes f 12 4 Configuration Processes via LCD Keypad f 12 5 Configuration Processes via Terminal Emulation Operation Theory f 12 6Operation Theory Redundant Controller 12 1 12 2 12 1 Configuration Samples Design Concerns 1 We assume that redundant RAID controllers and multipathing software are implemented for an environment running mission critical applications and that the RAID Inc storage subsystems applied in such environment should also come with high availability i e dual redundant RAID controllers and data path devices On the host side a redundant pair of single ported HBAs IS necessary Carefully configure your RAID arrays and select the appropriate array settings such as stripe size and write policy Reconfiguration takes time and may require you to move back up your data Perform the similar tasks if your RAID arrays come with a more complicated mapping schene eg volumes divided into many partitions multiple array volumes etc Create at least two logical drives LDO and LD1 and associate map them equally with Controller A IDs AID and Controller B IDs BID Doing so you get the maximum work power from the dual redundant RAID controllers For more details on creating AIDs BIDs and LUN mapping processes pleas
71. has two preset ID s f Atleast onelD should beavailableon each channel bus For details on ID settings in configurations using redundant RAID controllers please refer to Chapter 12 Redundant Controller 5 4 RAID Inc 5 1 4 Data Rate Channel Bus Cache Status Clea HAL HAD view and cdit id view chip information view channel ha st id uun View device port mane listiuwpn serial oerial Serial Arrow heys Move Curso ter Select rl Likefresh Screen This option is available in the configuration menu of Fibre host channel and of the drive channel configuration menus in Fibre SAS or SATA based subsystems Default is AUTO and should work fine with most disk drives Changing this setting is not recommended unless some particular bus signal issues occur The host channel data rate setting allows a 4Gbit or 2Gbit Fibre Channel to negotiate with devices communicating over 2GHz or 1GHz link if the link speed configuration is determined externally 5 1 5 View Chip Information wiew and edit Id view chip 1n ormation Dichip Rev ID chip Fw Rev ID Pe ec sm Rem pops om em D p p fore La aro awe Poa This is a view only option showing basic information about each of the host drive chip processor Fibre Operation 5 5 5 6 5 1 6 View Channel Host ID WWN Stati Clean LUTWid ulcu and edit ld uicu chip information 2crialin Serialinm RE
72. head sector count For Sun Solaris the cylinder cannot exceed 65535 choose cylinder 65535 then the controller will automatically adjust the head sector count for your OS to read the correct drive capacity Please refer to the related documents provided with your operating system for more information Cylinder Head and Sector counts are selectable from the configuration menus shown below To avoid any difficulties with a Sun Solaris configuration the values listed below can be applied Capacity Cylinder Head Sector 128 256 GB 127 256 512 GB 127 512 GB 1 TB 255 Table6 3 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris Older Solaris versions do not support drive capacities larger than 1 terabyte Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 7 Solaris 10 now supports array capacity larger than 1TB Set the values to the values listed in thetable below Capacity Cylinder Head Sector Table 6 4 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping under Sun Solaris 10 Configuring Sector Ranges Head Ranges Cylinder Ranges hl Jun 29 0 gache STATUS Clean z Ha Hn Men gt QiTek Installat veni view Maximum Queued TyS Count 256 View LWMs par Host S452 ID view Max Number of Concurrent Kost LUN Connection Def 4 view Humber of Tags Reserved for each Host LUM Connection Def 32 Peripheral pevice Type Parameters u Clinger Variable Head Variabl S etear varia Fibre Connection Option Loop nly
73. installed memory size does not support current configuration Try using a DIMM module of a larger size What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a certified module C 8 3 Notification M essage Board1 Cold Temperature Back to N on Critical LVs C What H appens Board1 usually the RAID controller main board ventilation condition is restored to normal W hat to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage 12V Upper Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits _ V W hat H appens 12V voltage dropped back within preset thresholds W hat to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message Event Messages C 33 M essage 12V Lower Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits V What H appens 12V voltage dropped back within preset thresholds W hat to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage Memory is Now Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config What H appens M emory of a sufficient capacity is installed and the subsystem should work properly What to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored What H appens The factory defaults for configuration profile is restored What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage Controller BBU is Charging What H appens Once a new BBU is installe
74. isk Hrres Paraneters Radundant Controller Paramaters Controller Pararneters ER snconds TB seconds TS seconds Choose Disk Access Delay Time then press ENTER A list of selections displays Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the Setting 6 2 3 Drive I O Timeout The Drive I O Timeout is the time interval for the controller to wait for a drive to respond If the controller attempts to read data from or write data to a drive but the drive does not respond within the Drive I O Timeout value the drive will be considered as a failed drive When the drive itself detects a media error while reading from the drive platter it usually retries the previous reading or re calibrates the head When the drive encounters a bad block on the media it reassigns the bad block onto a spare block However it takes time to perform the above actions The time to perform these operations can vary between different brands and different models During channel bus arbitration a device with higher priority can utilize the bus first A device with lower priority will sometimes receive an I O timeout when devices of higher priority keep utilizing the bus The default setting for Drive I O Timeout is 7 seconds It is highly recommended not to change this setting Setting the timeout to a lower value will cause the controller to judge a drive as failed while a
75. manually rese the subsystem controller for the new firmware to take effect B 3 3 Upgrading the Firmware Binary Only Gache status Clean lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives view and edit Scsi channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit T devices u Mute beeper chan Rese Download Firmware 7 Shut Yes No Download Firmware Advanced Maintanence Functions s Move Cursor iEnter elect Esc Exit iCtrl L Refresh Screen Figure B 4 Upgrading Firmware Binaries Using Hyper Terminal Screen 1 From the Main Menu scroll down to System Functions 2 Goto Controller Maintenance 3 Choose Download Firmware 4 Se ZMODEM as the file transfer protocol of your terminal emulation software 5 Send the Firmware Binary to the controller In Hyper Terminal select Send file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose Upload or Send depending on the software RAID Inc n Menu Quick installation Figure B 5 Sending Files 6 When the Firmware compl amp es downloading the controller will automatically reset itself If the subsysteny controller is running firmware later than version 321 you need to manually reset the subsystem controller for the new firmware to take effect Y ain Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns 446432
76. or SAS domains Fibre loops on Falcon Ill Magellan X4 subsystems No single point of Supported fare of replacement controller memory allocation not fixed Environment Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS 12C management interface or S E S over SAS links and on board controller voltage temp monitor are all supported in both single and redundant controller mode In the event of controller failure services can be taken over by the surviving controller Cache battery backup Supported Battery backup modules support cached data during a power outage in both single controller and redundant controller modes With EEPROM battery modules firmware will be aware of the life expectancy of battery cells This feature is supported since ASIC400 models RAID Inc Load sharing Supported Workload can be flexibly divided between different controllers by assigning logical configurations of drives LDs L Vs to different RAID controllers User configurable Supported Channel modes configurable SCSI channel mode or Fibre as HOST or DRIVE on specific models such as the EonRAID 2510FS and Falcon III Magellan X4 F16F Require a special No firmware for redundant controller A 7 Data Safety Regenerate parity of Supported Can be manually executed to ensure logical drives that bad sectors do not cause data loss in the event of drive failure Scheduled Media Scan Revision 3 34 and above allows Media Scan to
77. over the existing host links either SCSI or Fibre 6 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems w IMPORTANT There is no need to configure the P eripheral D evice seting if you are trying to managea RAID subsystem from a RAID Watch station through an Ethernet connection to the Falcon IIl M agellan X4 Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 5 6 6 port An Ethernet connection to RAID uses TCP IP asthe communication protocol With an in band connection a host computer cannot see a RAID controller UNLESS thefollowing have been configured l a A logical unithas been created b Atleast one logical unit is mapped to a host ID or LUN via the RS 232 LCD keypad interface 2 a Host bus connection is established b The RAID subsystem controller is configured to appear as a peripheral device on the channa bus connected to a host computer With a brand new array there Is no association between disk drive configurations and the logical ID LUN presentations on the host bus If users want to start configuring a RAID system from an application server before any RAID configuration is made the host will not be able to see the RAID subsystem In order for a host to see the subsystem it will be necessary to define the controller subsystem as a peripheral device Different host operating systems require different adjustments See the tables below to find the proper settings for your host o
78. press ENTER If the password is incorrect it will not allow you to change the password Instead it will display the message Password incorrect then go back to th e previous menu If the password is correct or there is no preset password it will ask for a new password PasSSWwOr Logical drives logical Volumes Host luns scsi Drives view Scsi channels view Configuration parameters view and edit md eral devices wv Mute beeper C S New Password Enter the desired password in the column then press ENTER The view view view view next dialog box will display Re Enter Password Enter the password again to confirm and press ENTERI The new password wil now become the controllers password Providing the correct password is necessary when entering the Main Menu from the initial screen Disabling the Password To disable or delete the password press ENTER in the empty column that is used for entering a new password The existing password will be deleted No password checking will occur when entering the Main Menu or when m4aking a configuration cha nge Main Menu Quick installation vies and edit Logical drives vies and edit logical volumes vies and e Hast luns View and Drives view and channels view and edit configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices v Mute beeper change Passward Reset contrat ler k x C Reset Controller To
79. previously saved with your configuration profile Press ENTER on one of the selections to confirm A prompt will notify you that the controller NVRAM data was successfully restored from disks 4 15 5 Password Validation Timeout Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view es view tion parameters 2 minutes Support Controller Name Jy Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER Select Password Validation Timeout and press ENTER Choose to enable a validation timeout from 1 minute to Always Check The Always Check timeout will disable any configuration change made without entering the correct password 4 54 RAID Inc 4 15 6 Controller Unique Identifier NOTE Usually every RAID subsystem controller comes with a default ID In rare occasions should this identifier be changed 1i Hain Henu Hauck installation View and edit Logical drives View and edit logical Volumes uires and cdit Host luns view and edit Driues View and edit channels Ua Loniroliler Rame Hol Sel s C LCD Title Display Controller Logo C Password Validation Timeout Aluays Check l b a Ente Ctri L FEefresh Screen Enter Set to Default Esc Exit r any hex number between 0 and FFFFF for the unique identifier The value you enter MUST be different for each contr
80. process is completed A ccess to the data already stored on the logical drive is not affected What to D o Press ESC to dear the message C 14 RAID Inc M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE ContinueAdd Drive Operation WhatHappens The target logical drive has been restored to its previous status e g power off or media errors and the add drive operation can continue W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Add Drive Operation WhatHappens Add drive expansion process started What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive Operation Paused WhatHappens Theadd drive expansion process is halted by l Logical drive expansion is canceled by a user 2 One of the member drives failed during logical drive expansion 3 Mediaerrors arefound on oneor more of thelogical drive members 4 System faults have occurred W hat to D o Carefully identify and replacethe faulty drive and correct system faults The add drive expansion should continue once the faults are corrected M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Driveto Logical Drive Completed What Happens The add drive expansion process is completed What to D o Press ESC to clear the message Please remember to rearrangethe added capacity which will appear as a new partition volume M essage NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting M edia Scan WhatHappens Media Scan is manually or automatically starte
81. rd CM E MIT EEE GOODI B siMove Cursor iEnter Select iEsc Exit iGtrwl L Refresh Screen You can view information about this drive in the Windows 2000 Serve s Computer M anagement gt Storage gt Disk Management m Computer Management Miel X Action View Tree Partition Basic Simple Dynamic NTFS Computer Management Local EM System Tools H l E Event Viewer E E System Information la Performance Logs and Alerts RI Shared Folders Poe 3 Device Manager Local Users and Groups B 8 storage hi Disk Management be e Disk Defragmenter t Logical Drives OB ES Removable Storage mee Services and Applications New Volume i ZPDisk 1 Dynamic New Volume E 156 58 GB 16 58 GB NTFS Online Healthy zJEDRom 0 CDRom D Online fee E Unallocated ll Primary Partition J Simple Volume Place the cursor on Disk 1 right click your mouse and saec Properties You will see that the total capacity for the Drive E is about 16 5GB RAID Inc Array Expansion Local Disk F Properties Security Quota Web Sharing General Tools Hardware Sharing Label e Type Local Disk File system NTFS B Used space 68 108 288 bytes 64 9 MB 4 Free space 17 733 587 584 bytes 16 5 GB Capacity 17 807 695 872 bytes 16 5 GB Disk Cleanup Drive F Compress drive to save disk space
82. reset the controller without powering off the system move the cursor bar to Reset Controller then press ENTER Choose Yes RAID Inc in the dialog box that follows then press ENTER The controller will now reset NOTE Before resetting or powering off the RAID controller subsystem it is advised you execute the Shutdown Controller function to flush the cache contents in the memory in order to reduce the chance of encountering data inconsistency 4 14 7 Shutdown Controller Before powering off the controller unwritten data may still reside in cache memory Use the Shutdown Controller function to f lush the cache content Move the cursor bar to Shutdown Controller then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that f ollows then press ENTER The controller will now flush the cache memory lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives vies and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives vies and edit channels view and edit Configuration paramete vien and edit Perin arn devices y Shutdown Controller Yes No ZEE maintenance For Controller Maintenance functions such as Download Firmware please refer to Appendix B 4 14 8 Adjust LCD Contrast acne 14 9 ER i is n Menu Quick eren du ion and edit Logical drives and edit logical Volumes Vie Set Berisheral Device Entr Define Peripheral Device Active Signa
83. see what has happened to your system The controller s event log management records all events starting from the time when the system is powered on recording up to 1 000 events Powering off or resetting the controller will cause an automatic deletion of all the recorded event logs To view the events log on screen from the Main Menu View and Edit Event Logs by pressing EN TER RAID Inc Terminal Screen Messages Sun Fem 17 23 08 08 2002 Cache Status Clean Event Logs an Line IMTI PARES on 2 i m Sum Fab La Logical Dr4 e NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization Sun Feb 17 22 47 49 20022 P creation of Logical x ve O completed Sun Feb 17 22 47 49 20022 s P2 La Logical prive NOTICE Starting Creation Sun Feb 17 22 47 44 2002 aP Controller ERU Not Fully Charged Sun Feb 17 22 33 24 2002 8 4 Controller Initialization Comp leted I Sun Fab 17 22 33 27 2002 eS controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored Sin Fab l are ts ro 2DD7 m acis controller Initialization Completed Sun Feb 17 22 33 22 20022
84. system to completely hang 2 Having two controllers working together will guarantee that at least one controller will survive catastrophes and keep the system working 3 When dealing with high availability applications redundancy is always a virtue This is the logic behind having redundant controllers to minimize the chance of down time for a storage subsystem A redundant controller system uses two controller modules to manage the storage arrays It requires two identical controllers to work together and both must be working normally During normal operation each controller serves its I O requests If one controller fails the existing controller will temporarily take over for the failed controller The failover and failback processes are completely transparent to the host sometimes with the help of intelligent FC switch firmware and require only minimum efforts to restore the original configuration Controller Failover and Failback In an unlikely event of controller failure the surviving controller will acknowledge the situation and disconnect from the failed controller The surviving controller will then act as both controllers and serve all thel O requests from host System failover is transparent to host System vendors should be contacted for an immediate replacement of the failed unit Replacing a Failed Unit The replacement controller should have the same amount of memory and run the same version of firmware Howev
85. time period to wait following certain event before commencing controller shutdown Select View and Edit Peripheral Devices on the Main Menu and press ENTER Choose Set Peripheral Device Entry and Event Trigger Option by pressing ENTER The auto shutdown options display Move your cursor bar to Temperature exceeds threshold Press ENTER and select a configurable time span between the detection of exceeded temperature and the controllers commencing an automatic shutdown RAID Inc 7 1 3 Voltage and Temperature Self monitoring Follow the steps below to check voltage and temperature readings Enter the Main Menu and select View and Edit Peripheral Devices Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Peripheral Device Configuration View Peripheral Device Status and then press ENTER Cache Status Clean r x Main Menu gt Quick installation amd edit Logical drives a and edit logical volumes 7 ei yer iem am vilem an LTEM VALUE STATUS vier an vien an Bs 3v 3 400 peration Normal TN 5 07 2v Operation Normally 5 l u 12 Phy Operation Normally u VT eh v See cPu Tempers ture 35 5 C Temperature within Safe Rare Adju Boardl Temperature 36 5 C Temperature within Sate Range Board Temperature 45 0 C Temperature within Sate Range Step 3 The controller voltage and temperature readings display N
86. volume make sure you expand all logical drives within the logical volume A logical volume consists of logical drives that are striped togeher U nless all logical drives within a logical volume has excessive capacity ou can expand a logical volume Step 1 To expand a logical volume expand its logical drive member s and then perform Expand logical volume RAID Inc When prompted by Expand Logical V olume choose Yes to confirm and the process will be completed immediately 9 7 Configuration Example Volume Extension in Windows 2000 Limitations When Using Windows 2000 1 These limitations apply only to the Windows NT Server or Windows 2000 Server Disk Management which includes the Extend Volume Set function Windows NT Workstation does not support this feature The Volume Set Expansion formats the new area without affecting files existing on the original volume 2 The system drive boot drive of a Windows NT 2000 system cannot be expanded 3 The drive to be expanded should be using the NTFS file System Array Expansion 9 11 9 12 Example The following example demonstrates the expansion of a 16988M B RAID 5 logical drive The HyperTerminal emulation software that comes with Windows Server is used to connect to the RAID controller via RS 232C on Jan 26 18 36 48 2003 Che Status Clean 92z Size lt MB gt Status 1 2 o c t tsm ELI D 1 c2 m
87. when the subsystem Controller is equipped with a real time clock Time Zone Fm Sep 29 81 18 B 285 Cache Status Clean EAT Hain Peta gt inmick Insulation uci Wiel wiru Wicw WIE amd edit Logical drives amd edit Logical Jo Limes amd elit Hest urs amd eilit Priurs amd edit channels Date ar Tine u Contraellier Hane Hot Set s C LED Titic Display Controller Lugo amp C Password Validation Timeout Hl amp ajgs Check wj H Controller Unique idencitlert hex L4 3 D SIRAH Ert Emabled W Sct Controller Bate ami Tire F jz Ho Cursor Enter Select Sa E CE TI L Pefresn Screen Controller Name Not LCD T po Set itle Display Controller Logo C KOBA Default TimeZone GMT 05 15 New TimeZone GMT ate an ime The controller uses GMT Greenwich Mean Time a 24 hour clock To change the clock to your local time zone enter the numbers of hours later than the Greenwich Mean Time after a plus sign Fo r example enter 9 for Japan s time zone RAID Inc Date and Time Controller Name Not Set LCD Title Display Controller Loso assword Validation Timeout Always Check ont DRA Time and Date LMMDDhhmmLYYYY11 T i 3JI Date and lime Enter time and date in its numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year 4 16 View Drive information Er BAT 4444 Ve
88. with a DRV reserved section BAD Failed drive ABSENT Drive does not exist Terminal Screen Messages 3 7 MISSING Drive once existed but is missing now SB MISS Spare drive missing Vendor and Thevendor and product model information of the drive Product ID 3 7 Channel s Status cache Status Llcam BL bbb Pus ors eran rere aaa i ARG AUTO erialflF NA ey ul Host Nn hue nur Aerial g AA u z Drive ALT ALFI 3 GHZ Serial n AA Jj GHZ serial u a 36a41 Dr iue BUT ALIT GHZ Serial E HA GH Serial Ll s u 4C Drive AUT AIT 3 GHz erial 4 Der5ync Lk LUTS yl lk Cum id HA J GHZ Aerial 1 3 Drive BUT RAT 3 GHZ Serial n NA GHz Serial 4 Ka RCCEIM NA Hh BUG mA lA JA Gaz SATA RECOM NAJ A Jal I SATA Jah SATA Arrow Rcuiys Mouc Cursor Enter Se lecr Bec Exit GCErisL Rcircsh Screen Figure 3 7 Channel Status Screen Chl Channel number M ode Channel mode RCCom Redundant controller communication channel Host Host Channel mode Drive Drive Channel mode PID IDs managed by the Primary Controller i MultipleIDs were applied Host Channel mode only ID Host Channel number Specific IDs managed by the Primary Controller for host LUN mapping Drive Channel Specific ID reserved for the channel processor on the Primary Controller 3 8 RAID Inc SID IDs managed by the Secondary Controller Multiple IDs were applied H ost Ch
89. write unit of a hard drive is block If members of a logical drive have different block numbers capacity the smallest block number will be taken as the maximum capacity tobe used in every drive Therefore use drives of the same capacity You may assign a Spare Drive to a logical drive whose members h ave a block number equal or smaller than the Local Global Spare Drive but you should not do the reverse 4 4 Creating a Logical Drive Arrow Keys Mawe Cursor Entar Select Esc Exit L t Step2 For the first logical drive on the RAID subsystem simply choose the first logical drive entry LG 0 and press ENTER to proceed You may create as many 4 8 RAID Inc 4 4 1 as 16 logical drives or more using drives in a RAID subsystem or in a cascaded enclosure Step 3 When prompted to Create Create Logical Drive Logical Drive select Yes and Yes No press ENTER to proceed Choosing a RAID Level Q Step4 lt A pull down list of supported RAID levels will appear Choosea RAID level for this logicaldrive In this chapter RAID 6 will be used to demonstrate the configuration process 4 4 2 Choosing Member Drives a t Step 5 Choose your member drive s from the list of available physical drives Tag the drives for inclusion by positioning the cursor bar on the drive and then pressing ENTER An asterisk willappear in front of the selected physical drive s
90. 12 9 Redundant controller Subsystem in Normal Degraded Conditions With Fibre host subsystems host channels on partner controllers are usually separately routed to independent host ports It is necessary to associate a logical drive with more than one host IDs on different host ports If made available on more than one host port host I Os will continue when a host link component HBA or FC cable fails If an application server can access the arrays through fault tolerant paths multi path management software such as RAID Inc EonPath should be available Inc Redundant Controller Clustered Servers at TvT u T weeeeeere Hearts at Lida i Server NS Server 1 WES k HBA 1 HEAD i I HB in Switch 1 AID 102 AID 102 BID 103 BID 103 AID 102 CHO AID 102 CH1 BID 103 CH1 BID 103 CHO LD 1 Figure 12 10 Mapping Array Volumes to Different Controllers f Asdiagrammed above each logical drive is associated with two channel IDs on different controllers and on different host channels This ensures continuous host access in the event of cabling component or RAID controller failure Note the following when configuring fault tolerant configurations l Different ID numbers should be used on the same channel to avoid ID conflicts when all IDs shift to a surviving controller in the event of controller failure 2 Multi path management software should be installed on the host com
91. 146H5155 SI3734 458 SI313625485 i u LA NOTE The spare drive you deleted disassociated or reassigned as a normal disk drive or any drive you replaced from a logical unit will be indicated as a used drive 4 13 2 Disk Reserved Space 4 44 The 256MB reserved space can be removed from a disk drive once the drive is excluded from a logical drive The reserved space aspace formatted with a micro file system can also be manually created from anew disk drive icliSlot Chil Vendor and Product ID IbISizetcHB ISpeed Li DRUI Status LINEI SEAGATE STI 44S Lid man Aedes A om eee F riu gi ME PPC COCA ATE St PEACE Ww LG N at LEI Sit a L E bee E wl SPUR E i WE 1314 5 add dr Hg 8 ON LINE SEAGATE ST33525455 HOKE FRAT DAU SEAGATE ST31675455 flash selected drive flash all But selected drive MOBMEIERHI DEJUISERGRIE Side 315155 9 amp 148814 380hnB NORE FH DRU SEAGATE ST 314685455 f 5 s moo sean HORE FRET DPEN SEAGATE SI3 315455 i 5 5083 380HB NONE ERI DAU SEAGATE ST33675455 RAID Inc View drive information add Local spare drive add Global spare drive drive utilities disk Reserved space unformatted Format Disk Reserved Space 7 YES Na 4 13 3 Identifying Drives Mon Oct 31 14 21 37 2005 Lache Status Clean JRODD Salus Usemsmler and Produch TH UH LIME SEGATE 50733675155 ie
92. 3 State 4 process is diagrammed on the left Subsystem operating normally Slot A controller is the Primary controller by factory default Slot A controller fails Slot B controller inherits the Primary role The failed controller in Slot A is replaced by a healthy one The replacement controller becomes the Secondary controller temporarily If the subsystem resets later the Slot B controller reurns the Primary role to the Slot A controller If the subsystem is reset later the controller installed in the Slot A position will obtain the Primary controller status The Slot B controller then resumes the Secondary role The replacement controller will obtain all related configuration parameters from its counterpart 12 41 E Controller Failure Controller failure is managed by the surviving controller regardless of its original role as Primary or Secondary The surviving controller disconnects from its counterpart while gaining access to all signal paths The existing controller then proceeds with the ensuing event notifications and take over process Symptoms f The LCD screen displays controller failure message f Thesurviving controller sounds an alarm f The ATTEN LED isflashing on the front panel f The surviving controller sends event messages to notify of controller failure indicating its partner has failed 12 44 RAID Inc Appendix A Firmware Functionality Specifications A 1 Basic RAID
93. 5 CA INOITICATOF totes esex E DOES E RE Ddccs MISI EEP DeL UE Pest rg C 28 Controller EVents oi cette etie e cava s Ho vico desi Vues ud mE EE USUS C 31 XS AN ETE O TR C 31 Gxopcuucuo C 33 C 0 9 NOCA TON s escena mecs a Dou aca etna IEEE E a eter es secet rel cs C 33 About This Manual This manual provides all of the necessary information that a system administrator needs to configure and maintain Falcon III Magellan X4 Fibre to SAS or Fibre to SATA RAID subsystems There are several other manuals that came with your RAID subsystem N Installation and Hardware Reference Manual For hardware related information p RAID Watch User s Manual For the Java based GUI RAIDWatch manager providing remote and concurrent management of RAID subsystems RAID Planning Guide For RAID basic concepts configurations and subsystem management The order of the chapters is arranged in accordance with the steps necessary for creating a RAID array The terminal screen displays and the LCD messages may vary when using subsystems running different firmware revisions Chapter 1 Helps the user to understand the screen messages on the LCD display Chapter 2 Gives step by step instructions on creating a RAID using the LCD keypad panel Chapter 3 Teaches the user how to interpret the information found on the RS 232C terminal emulation Chapter 4 Gives step by step instructions on how to create a RAID via the
94. 9999 Delete logical drive Partition logical drive 999 ogical drive Name Step 1 Choose the logical drive for which you wish to assign a name then press ENTER t Step 2 Choose logical drive name then press ENTER again The current name will be displayed You may now enter anew name in this field 4 36 RAID Inc Q Step3 Enter a name then press ENTER to save the configuration The maximum number of characters for a logical drive name is 14 4 11 4 Rebuilding a Logical Drive If there is no spare drive in the system a failed drive should be immediately replaced by a drive known to be good Once the faile d drive is replaced the following conditions may occur 1 If the Drive Check mechanisms such as Periodic Drive Check have been enabled rebuild will start automatically 2 If no Drive Check mechanisms have been configured you need to manually initiate the rebuild process If you want the controller to auto detect a replacement drive make sure you have the following items set to enabled Periodic Drive Check Time Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time These two configuration options can be found under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive Side Parameters Manual Rebuild Process ES I ll Pi View scsi drives GOOD 3 Delete logical derve R 3 e Partition logical drive logical drive Name Rebuild logical drive umm c Rebuild Logical Drive
95. Boot Record and Firmware Binaries B 3 B 2 3 Upgrade the Firmware Binary Only esses B 4 Upgrading Firmware Using RS 232C Terminal Emulation B 5 B 3 1 Establishing the connection for the RS 232C Terminal Emulation B 5 B 3 2 Upgrading Both Boot Record and Firmware Binaries B 5 B 3 3 Upgrading the Firmware Binary Only sess B 6 Appendix C Event Messages C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 LOGICA DIVE EVel etes C 2 GEN EC C 2 eu Es eze Rm C 2 Channel and Individual Drive Events eere C 4 C21 OHC al eraen a EA A EAA EAA E E RE C 4 8325220717109 eosa A E e EEEIEE PE TEENE C 4 C2 S NNONTICATOR M mm C 5 General Target Events uuo oreet hex aaa C 6 QU OT UO HIC oaee o Kcu evE ERE I Du FM OS PIDREPRIEDISNEDIS Gk DUI Do Lx DID EDU VEM pf EE C 6 C82 NONTICATOR UM C 6 Controller A LIO C 7 CAT BEL C 7 9375747712071 C 7 CAS NOUNCIA EA e E a RERE C 7 LOGICAL DIVE EVOM S et C 8 arm enam C 8 CBZ INONTICAT ORR RENE C 12 Channel and Individual Drive Events eren C 17 CO EG E C 17 CO2 WV AMIN C 17 CGS NNONTICATOR orre era a E E a TE C 23 General Target Events onerose iatea RAe eaten C 25 AC INE eue C 2
96. COM i J oGHZ SATA 41 0GH2 REGUM P i 4 QGH2Z enin J3 UGHE Arrow Jieys Move Cursor Enler Select Ckrl L Refresh Screen Port name Is a unique eight byte address assigned to an FC device port The subsystem has multiple channels I O paths and each channel is managed by an I O processor This function allows users to inspect the node names and port names assigned to these chip processors Some management software running on host computers needs these names to properly address a storage subsystem 5 1 7 View Device Port Name List WWPN ZIN INTER Clean S Term Cursynllk CurWwid T LLIF i SeriallF Serial r NA J SATA 4 GHZ Hn 3 inim Erl L Kefresh Screen u Drivc mr i us RECOM HP HCGLIM MP This function displays the device port names host adapter WWN detected on a host loop or through fabric host connection The HBA port names detected can be added to the Host ID WWN name list in View and Edit Host LUN menu Adding port names to the list can speed the mapping process that follows RAID Inc 5 1 8 5 2 Each port name can then be assigned a nickname for ease of identification Add Host ID WWN Label Declaration A nickname can be appended to any host adapter WWN for ease of identification in environments eg SAN where multiple servers reside in a storage network kx Tree rs erst rg erie wrt MITE MEN TEEN DET e Husl IDUNN s210000 EOE
97. Control ler wil L ri view and edit Event logs EL 7 Step 4 Choose the channel ID combination you wish tomap then press ENTER to proceed 2 05 03 36 206 Cache Status Clean Main mick installation view amd edit Logical drives view amd edit logical Volumes Arrow Keys hove Cursor Ctrl L Refresh Screen 7 Step 5 A list of LUN entries and their respective mappings will display To map a host LUN to a logical volume s partition select an available LUN entry one not mapped yet by moving the cursor bar to the LUN then press ENTER t Step6 A list of available logical volumes displays Move the cursor bar to the desired logical unit then press ENTER f Step7 A list of available partitions will prompt Move the cursor bar to the desired partition then press ENTER If you have not partitioned the logical volume the whole capacity will be displayed as one logical partition t Step8 When prompted to Map Host LUN press ENTER to proceed ap Host LUN 4 30 t Step 9 When prompted to Map Logical Volume select Yes to continue Q Step 10 A prompt will display the mapping you wish to create Choose Yes to confirm the LUN Apoc Psst bec Size MB RAID et Map Logical Volume Partition To Channel ID The detail in the confirm box reads partition 0 of logical volume 0 will map to LUN 0 of ID 0 on hos t channel 0 Continue to map other p
98. Custom inquiry serial Custom Inquiry Serial Number for support of number multi pathing software like Veritas QLogic etc Asymmetric Logical Unit Support for multipath drivers to select an Access or later known as optimal I O path and for more flexible Target Port Group utilization of internal I O paths in the event of Service path failure or controller failover failback Firmware Functionality Specifications AAB This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Appendix D System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 Upgrading Firmware The RAID controller s firmware resides in flash memory that can be updated through the COM port LAN port or via In band SCSI Fibre New releases of firmware are available in the form of a zip fileon RAID s support site The file available on the support site is usually a self extracting file that contains the following FW30Dxyz Firmware Binary where xyz refers to the firmware version B3OBuvw Boot Record Binary where uvw refers to the boot record version README TXT Read this file first before upgrading the firmware boot record It contains the most up to date information which is very important to the firmware upgrade and usage These files must be extracted from the compressed file and copied to a directory in boot drive B 1 1 Background RS 232C Firmware Download Single Controller Host I Os will not be interrupted during the download process A
99. D o Subsystem firmware should be able to managethe parity errors in memory Contact your RAID system supplier if this message becomes frequent M essage Controller PCI Bus Parity Errors Detected What H appens Serious system faults have occurred What to D o Stop host Os immediately to prevent further data dis integrity and contact your RAID system supplier M essage Controller ALERT Power Supply Unstable or NVRAM Failed What H appens Power supply voltage fluctuating or internal system faults have occurred Different system faults may trigger this event e g memory pins contact problems or incongruent firmware versions etc What to D o Check proper system operation conditions and contact your RAID system supplier M essage BBU Absent or Failed Correct It and Reset Ctlr to Take Effect What H appens BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new moduleis installed reset the subsystem for the configuration to take effect What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module M essage Controller BBU Absent or Failed What H appens BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new module is installed reset the subsystem for the configuration to take effect What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module M essage Controller BBU Failure De
100. Ds 12 2 4 Configurable Parameters Active to Active Configuration Since firmware revision 3 48 users can freely map any logical configuration to both the Controller A and Controller B IDs I O requests to the logical configuration will then be dynamically shared by both RAID controllers When configuring a dual controller configuration it is best to consider the total drive capacity and the associations between RAID configurations and host IDs so that O load can be equally serviced by both controllers The dual active configuration engages all system resources to performance Users may also assign all logical configurations to one controller and let the other act as a standby active standby Redundant Controller 12 13 12 14 Cache Synchronization Mirrored Cache The Write back caching significantly enhances controller performance However if one controller fails in the redundant controller configuration data cached in its memory will be lost and data inconsistency might occur when the surviving controller takes over and attempts to complete the writes There are one or several O channels strung across partner controllers to serve as the communications paths Cached writes are distributed to both controllers and each controller saves an exact replica of the cache content on its counterpart In the event of controller or power failure the unfinished writes will be completed by the surviving controller Battery Support
101. E m 10 1 VOU oW od cO IDEE 10 1 10 2 Glon Falling DIVA vivid cere at einen 10 1 10 2 1 Replace after Clone ueeseeeeiseseeees esses nennen nna rrr nnn 10 2 10 2 2 Perpetual CIOFIG stu tese FRE PvE Pr YR gu Eb sa vo aeir iE EENAA ru age 10 3 10 3 S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology 10 6 10 4 Cotnifiguration PFOCeGULSe oar iesus uie enu icio e curent ouo eu ears eeepc e 10 8 Chapter 11 Implementations for AV Applications 11 1 Maximum Drive Response Time eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 11 1 11 2 AV Optimization MOGOG eorieo rho era voi ooo ru Sous Gru Epp x Ya vere rae su be erase t euR eus 11 2 Chapter 12 Redundant Controller 12 1 Op ration THEORY m 12 1 Different Controller Configuration Rules esee 12 2 Logical Drives Logical Volumes and Logical Partitions 12 3 ovstem DNV ES MAO DING acide dee n cc ate eausa B pedi bss hea eae exei pud ass 12 5 Primary and Secondary DDS sees isutieuiasatdbued E ae orat bou e M alanis 12 5 viii Mapp ses neatest oh ise ree a t rom tutes dos ueste aetati MU outre resiste FEE UI UE 12 6 mc o iezieie ETT 12 8 Why Using a Redundant Controller Configuration sss 12 8 How Does Failover and Failback Work esses 12 8 COnDITFOIler Tall FO sitio mutet oT ERU Rbe nr ete Sic tl
102. ED Steadily ON RJ LED En ames RJ LED Figure 4 5 Flash Selected Drive zm 4 13 3 2 Flash All Drives The Read Write LEDs of all connected drive s will light for a configurable period of time If the LED of the defective drive did not lig ht on the Flash Selected Drive function u se Flash All Drives to verify the fault the drive tray itself may have failed If the Fl v ash All Drives function is executed and th LED Steadily ON e defective drive s LED still does not respon d it can be a drive tray problem or the drive is dead LED Steadily ON LED Steadily ON LED Steadily OM s LED Steadily OM Figure 4 6 Flash All Drives 4 46 RAID Inc 4 13 3 3 Flash All but Selected Drives Except the selected drive the Read Write LE Ds of all connected drives will light for a co nfigurable period of time ranging from 1 to 999 seconds If an administrator cannot be s ure of the exact location of a specific drive this function will help to indicate where it is Thi s can prevent removal of the wrong drive whe n a drive fails and is about to be replaced Figure 4 7 Flash All but Selected Drives bs LED Steadily ON LED Steadily OM TV RW LED e LED Steadily OIN E a LED Steadily OIN The drive identifying function can be selected from Main Menu View and Edit Drives Identify Drives Terminal Operation 4 47 Thi Sep 29 35 82 15 2805 Cache Stat
103. ERT Cooling fan2 Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cooling fan2 N ot Present Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Low Speed Detected 1073870808 RPM SES COIO Cooling Fan 0 Device N ot Supported SAF TE Device O ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert Peripheral Device ALERT CPU Cold Temperature Detected 0 0 C Peripheral Device ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert Peripheral Device ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Temperature Sensor 0 Failure Detected Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Temperature Sensor 0 N ot Present Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Cold Deteced O C SES COIO Temp Sensor O Device N ot Supported UPS Connection Is A bsent SAF TE Device 2 ALERT UPS Power Failure Detected Peripheral Set 2 Device ALERT UPS 2AC Power Failure Detected Peripheral Set 2 Device ALERT UPS 2 Battery Failure Detected Warning UPS AC Power Loss Detected Warning UPS Battery Low 0 SES COIO UPS 2 Device N ot Supported C 3 2 Notification SAF TE Device 2 NOTICE Fan Back On Line ldx 11 NOTICE FAN ModuleA Back On Line FAN O0 ORPM NOTICE Controller FAN 1 Back On Line O RPM Peripheral Device NOTICE Fan Back On Line Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 is Present Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line O RPM SES COIO Cooling Fan 1 Fan Back On Line SA F TE Device 1 NOTICE Temperature Back To N on Critical LVs Peripheral Set 1 Dev
104. I Motor Spin Up Disabled SCSI Reset at Power Up Disabled No Delay 5 seconds 10 seconds 15 seconds Maximum Tal Count Periodic Drive Check Time 10 seconds seconds Periodic SAF TE and SES Device Check Time 5 seco Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swa Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART Set Disk Access Delay Time Fibre Channel Dual Loop Enable Yes No 55 seconds 60 seconds 65 seconds 70 seconds 75 seconds H Drive sicde Parameters Dis Array Parameters Redundant Controller Parameters Controller Parameters 6 2 2 Disk Access Delay Time This feature sets the delay time before the subsystem tries to access the hard drives after power on Default may vary from 15 seconds to 30 seconds and from one model to another This parameter can be adjusted to fit the spin up speed of different models of disk drives installed in your subsystem Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 9 6 10 amp Hain Manu gt Quick installation No Dalay Li sable 5 seconds IB seconds wie Orive 7 0 Timeout T secsal Default 1S seconds Maximam Tag Count ga seconds Periodic Urive Check lime Uisable 25 seconds u Paricdic Ruta Datact Failure Drive Suap Check Tima 38 seconds s C Orive Predictable Fallurea Hodel SHART Disahblad J5 seconds wl C Auto Assign Global Spare Oriwe Disabled 4B soconds LS H VOR EG GR UNUNC HEC i a ET u BSc ul es 5H seconds hh seconds
105. IDO A RAID50 logical volume is actually a RAIDO volume striped across RAID5 arrays Q Step 1 Select View and Edit Logical Volumes in the Main Menu to display the current logical volume configuration and status on the screen Select a logical volume number 0 to 7 that has not yet been defined and then press ENTER to proceed Size MB LD t Step2 A prompt Create Logical Volume will appear Select Yes and press ENTER Terminal Operation 4 21 BAT ER 3 of 3 selected ID Lv RAID Size ME Status l 2 LN 58 2FL SHGREAES MA AATOS 956445 GOO HEINE I LAA OS S NA RATOS 56448 Goo i E SS Se ey SSS ea SLE TAE MSS NN 5 Arrow KeysiMove Cursor Enter Se lect Esc Exit Ltri L ReTresh Screen t Step 3 Select one or more logical drive s available on the list The same as creating a logical drive the logi cal drive s can be tagged for inclusion by positioning the cursor bar on the desired disk drive and pressing ENTER to select An asterisk will appear on the selected logical drive Pressing ENTER again will deselect a logical drive ucc c BM o t Step 4 Use the arrow keys to select a sub menu and change the initialization mode write policy or the managing controller t Step 5 Logical volumes can be assigned to different controllers primary or secondary The default is primary Logical Drive Count Logical Volume Assignment
106. Logical Drive Completed I 2006 09 08 18 583 26 oH ID 145BAO0C Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation I c2005 09 068 18 53 23pm Controller Initialization Completed r 2006 09 06 18 24 456 ie ALERT Controller FAM 1 Mot Present or Failure Detected L 2005 09f0 amp 6 18 24 4862 ese ALERT Controller FAN O Not Present or Failure Detected lt 7006 08 06 18 24 46 gt B x4 ALERT Controller BBU Absent or Failed 2006 09 06 18 24 46 i sg s 3 In redundant mode two controllers behave as one and there is no Redundant Controller need to repeat the configuration on another controller Configuration profile is automatically synchronized between the controllers Disk drive and array configuration processes are the same for subsystems using singleor dual active controllers Using logical drives as the basic configuration units system workload can be distributed to different RAID controllers Logical units can be manually assigned to different Controller A or Controller B and consequently Primary or Secondary controllers to facilitate the active active configuration Users can designate a host ID either as a Controller A or as a Controller B ID The Controller A B IDs then function
107. Management RAID levels 0 1 0 1 3 5 6 10 30 50 60 JBOD and NRAID Levels 10 30 50 and 60 are the multi level RAID defined as the logical volume implementations logical volumes consist of logical drives of different RAID levels that are striped together Maximum number of 16 as default up to 32 with a 1GB or above logical drives memory size Maximum logical drive 64TB when optimization mode is set to capacity Sequential 16TB when optimization mode is set to Random RAID level Independent Logical drives configured in dependency to each different RAID levels can co exist in a logical logical drive volume and within a RAID subsystem Maximum number of 128 512MB memory size logical drive members 112 256MB memory size theoretical number not recommended for the difficulties with backup and management troubles Configurable stripe 4KB 16KB 32KB 64KB 128KB 256KB 512KB size or 1024KB per logical drive f 128KB is the default for earlier firmware with optimization for Sequential I Os 32KB is the default for earlier firmware with optimization for Random I Os Configurable Write Write Back or Write Through per logical drive Policy This policy can be modified later write policy per array Firmware Functionality Specifications A 1 Logical drive Unique controller randomly generated logical identification drive ID Logical drive name user configurable for ease of identification in a multiple arrays
108. NE E INL 0o NR SR SN z s szw ef on time view We z z szee of ovim y s t mmm mma me RN 2 RU 2 RI moen ea RN view z 4 sm zewe none nenon z s s zee ww wnbow z se so e ww wuvow e a zeve wow nen ow S M A R T Configuration 10 5 10 3 S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology This section provides a brief introduction to S M A R T as one way to predict drive failure and RAID Inc s implementations with S M A R T for preventing data loss caused by drive failure A Introduction Self M onitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology S M A R T is an emerging technology that provides near term failure prediction for disk drives When S M A R T is enabled the drive monitors predetermined disk drives attributes that are susceptible to degradation over time If a failure is likely to occur S M A R T makes a status report available so that the host can prompt the user to backup data from the failing drive However not all failures can be predicted S M A R T predictions are limited to the attributes the drive can monitor which are selected by the device manufacturer based on the attributes ability to contribute to predict degrading or fault conditions Although attributes are drive specific a variety of typical characteristics can be identified H ead flying height Data throughput performan
109. OTE The enclosure fan status and the temperature readings from chassis sensors are shown in 7 3 Enclosure Devices Status Peripheral Device Status 7 1 3 1 Changing Monitoring Thresholds Step 1 Enclosure Management Open your PC Terminal Emulation utility Enter the Main Menu and select View and Edit Peripheral Devices Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Peripheral Device Configuration Voltage and Temperature Parameters and confirm by pressing EN TER 1 9 A CAUTION It is not recommended to change the threshold values unless you need to coordinate the RAID controller s values with that of your ODM RAID enclosure If a value exceeding the safety range is entered an error message will prompt and the new parameter will beignored For example if the controller operates in a system enclosure where the upper limit on ambient temperature is rdatively high or low adjusting the default thresholds can coordinate the controller status monitoring with that of theODM enclosure lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives wiew and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns wiew and edit scsi Drives wiew and edit scsi channels yvi ew and edit iguration parameters Trigger Thresholds 3 3V Events Trigger Thresholds 5 Events Trigger Thresholds 12 Events Mali E3 ELE CPU Temperature Events E ache Status Main Menu Quick installation vi
110. Power Failure Detected What H appens UPS power failure detected through SA F TE monitoring device W hat to D o Contact your UPS supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT UPS Power Failure Detected What H appens UPS power failure is detected through an 12C serial bus W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT UPS 2 AC Power Failure Detected WhatHappens AC power source failure reported by UPS and to the subsystem firmware through an 12C serial bus What to D o Check your power source connection or contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT UPS 2 Battery Failure Detected W hat H appens UPS battery failure reported by UPS and to the subsystem firmware through an 12C serial bus W hat to D o Contact your UPS supplier Event Messages C 27 M essage Warning UPSAC Power Loss Detected What H appens UPS AC power loss reported through the COM 2 serial port connection What to D o Contact your UPS supplier M essage Warning UPS Battery Low 96 What H appens U PS battery charge low may not be ableto support subsystem during a power outage W hat to D o Wait for the U PS to rechargeor you may usethe Event Triggered mechanisms implemented with firmware These mechanisms use conservative operation modes to reduce the chance of data loss in the event of power outage Contact your UPS supplier M essage SES COIO UPS 2 Device Not Support
111. RAID6 arrays require at least four 4 member drives and useadditional capacity for the distribution of secondary parity Forexample if you want to migrate a RAID5 array consisting of three 3 drives to RAID6 one additional disk drive must be available Th e different features of RAID5 and RAID6 arrays are summarized as f ollows Terminal Operation 4 15 RAID5 RAID6 Min No of 3 4 Member Drives Raw Capacity N 1 1 drive s capa N 2 2 drives cap city used for storin acity used for stor g parity data ing parity data N22 Usable Capacity If individual disk capacity 100G Capacity of a 4 drive RAID5 4 1 x 100G 300G Capacity of a 4 drive RAID6 4 2 x 100G 200G Redundancy Single disk drive 2 disk drives to failure fail at the same time 4 5 1 Requirements for Migrating a RAID5 Array The precondition for migrating a RAID5 array to RAID6 is The usable capacity of the RAID6 array should be equal or larger than the usable capacity of the original RAID5 array To obtain a larger capacity for migrating to RAID6 you can 1 Add Drive s Include one or more disk drives into the array 2 Copy and Replace Use larger disk drives in the array to replace the original members of the RAIDS array 4 16 RAID Inc 4 5 2 Migration Methods The conditions for migrating a RAID5 array to RAID6 are diagrammed as follows Fault condition The usable capacity of the RAID6 array is smaller tha
112. RS 232C session Chapter 5 Includes all the Fibre Channel specific functions implemented since the firmware release 3 12 Chapter 6 Provides the advanced options for the host and drive channel configurations including I O queuing number of LUNs host loop in band and disk access characteristics settings Chapter 7 Shows how to supervise system operating and component Xl EE NN Chapter 8 Details various methods either manual or automatic for maintaining array data integrity Chapter 9 Shows how to expand a configured array or logical volume Chapter 10 Shows how to use the SMART related functionalities Chapter 11 Describes the detail for the AV optimization mode implementations Chapter 12 Redundant Controller Functional description AppendixA Lists the important firmware features supported with the firmware version arranged in accordance with the latest firmware version as of press date AppendixB Teaches the user how to upgrade firmware and boot record Appendix C Lists all of the controller event messages Revision History e Rev 1 5 revised chapter 12 and added a controller event Who should read this manual This manual assumes that its readers are experienced with computer hardware installation and are familiar with storage enclosures Related Documentations e nstallation and Hardware Reference Manual e RAIDWatch User s Manual These two documents can be found in the product u
113. Rebuild of Logical Drive Completed Continue Parity Regeneration Operation Starting Parity Regeneration Parity Regeneration of Logical Drive Completed Starting Creation Creation of Logical Drive Completed Starting On Line Initialization On Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed Starting Off Line Initialization Off Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed RAID Inc LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Expansion LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Expansion LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Off Line Expansion of Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE ContinueAdd Drive Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Add Drive Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive Operation Paused LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive to Logical Drive Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive Operation Paused NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting M edia Scan LG 0 NOTICE CHL 0 1D 132 Starting M edia Scan NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed LG 0 NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 0 1D 132 Completed LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Aborted LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 0 ID 132 Continue Clone Operation LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 0 ID 132 Starting Clone LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Copy and Replace Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 0 1D 132 Clone Completed LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Recovered 000000084
114. T 6 2 5 Drive Spindown Idle Delay Period Disk Access Delay Time 25 seconds Drive I O Timeout 7 amp econds Default Maximum Tag Count 16 Periodic Drive Check Time Disabled Periodic SAF TE and SES Device Check Time Disabled Periodic amp uto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time Disabled Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART Disabled AWtG Assign Global Spare Drive Bisabled nr tea BLL write Disabled 300 seconds EDO seconds r Parameters rH Atron keys Hove cursor Enterise lect Esc Exit efresh Screen Subsystem firmware stops supplying 12V power source to hard drives when hard drives have not received I Os for a period of time When enabled this feature helps reduce power consumption RAID Inc 6 2 6 Drive Delayed Write jum 9 Os 0052o9 RTT Cache Status Clean Disk Access Delay Time 25 seconds Drive I O Timeout 7 secandsiDefault Maximum Tag Count 4 Periodic Drive check Time 1 second Periodic SAF TE and SES Device Check Time 30 seconds Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time 5 seconds Drive Predictable Failure M de 5MART Disabled Auto A ssign Global spare Driva Disabled S Wed Write Disab Drive Spindown Idle Delay 3p a 5 um Parameters Redundant Controller Parameters controller Parameters ys Move Cursor Enter Select Esc Exit Ctr l Lihetresn Screen This option applies to disk dr
115. TO ENT J Step 5 2 2 The first host channel Should appear Press ENT to sel e ta host channel 7 Step 5 2 3 Press ENT on Set Channel Set Channel ID l 7 Step 5 2 4 A list of host channel and host ID combinations willl CHL 0 ID 112 appear Use the up or down arrow keys to select an ID you wish to remove Press ENT to select a channel ID combination Hd Front Panel Operation 2 3 C1 2 36 2 12 4 t Step 5 2 5 You will then be prompted gt dd Channel ID by the Add Channe ID option Press the down arrow key to proceed t Step 5 2 6 The Delete Channel ID Delete Channel option will appear Press ENT to display the confirm box Press ENT for two Delete ID 113 seconds to removethe ID A prompt wi remind you to reset the subsystem for the configuration change to ta amp effect You may press Change Setting ENT to rest the subsystem DOCERE ET immediately or you may press ESC to continue adding other host IDs and reset the subsystem later IMPORTANT f Every time you make changes to channad IDs you must reset the subsystem for the configuration to take effect H J J e e f For IDs reserved in different subsystem configurations please refer to the Installation and Hardware Reference M anual that came with your subsystem For subsystems featuring back end PCB connection firmware can detect their b a rd types and automatically apply the preset IDs Thereis no need to s amp IDs for th
116. There are limitations on the use of optimization modes 1 System default is set to Optimization for Sequential 1 O 2 You can select the stripe size of each array logical drive during the initial configuration However changing stripe size is only recommended for experienced engineers who have tested the effects of tuning stripe sizes for different applications 3 The array stripe size can only be changed during the initial configuration stage before the array is put to use 4 Once the controller optimization mode is applied access to different logical drives in a RAID subsystem will follow the same optimized pattern Database and Transaction based Applications These kinds of applications usually indude SQL server Orade server Informix or other database services These applications keep the size of each transaction down to the minimum so that I Os can be rapidly processed Due to their transaction based nature these applications do not read or write a bunch of data in a sequential order and that access to data occurs randomly The transaction size usually ranges from 2K to 4K Transaction performance is measured in I Os per second or IOPS RAID Inc Video Recording Playback and Imaging Bandwidth oriented Applications This kind of applications usually includes video playback video post production editing or other similar applications These applications have the tendency to read or write large files
117. To deselect the drive press ENTER again on theselected drive and the asterisk x will disappear Use the same method to select more memb er drives Terminal Operation 4 9 4 4 3 Lache Statue Llean de du saunas Shae MEAN CUM NEH OAU EREZHNEE ds BE ECTS MET NEW OFA NEW ORU SEAGATE mr sl 3JBBI 3BBMB NONE NEH DRU SERBRTE B7545 JoBB3 3BBHB NONE NER DRU SERBRTE ST33879453 J5BIE3 3HB34B NONE NEH DRU SEBBRTE 5T338575455 NDNE NEM DRU SERBRTE 8T33879455 Ae fresh c Conf ira Scrmaen ILtr I4L ign Spare ives Disk Reserved obici 256 MB Logical Drive Sat eater Write erg ees Def ault Cir ite Back Initialize Mod Line Stripe Size eis t Step6 After all member drives have been selected press ESC to continue with the next option A list of array options is displayed 4 4 3 1 Maximum Drive Capacity Maximum Available Drive Capacity MB 239112 Maximum Drive Capacity MB 239117 t Step 6 1 As a rule a logical drive should be composed of drives of the same capacity A logical drive can onl yuse the capacity of each drive up to the maximum capacity of the smallest member selected for the array RAID Inc 4 4 3 2 Assign Spare Drives JET4TMB p n Spare Ori IER m me 256 MB Write Policy Dafault Hrita Back Initialize Mode On Line Stripe Bize Default 128K Bytes Status Vendor and Product 1D a LT 5 ee HS SME NONE NONE NEH DAY
118. Yes No NAME ucc ccccBlo f Step 1 Choose the logical drive that has a failed member drive then press ENTER f Step 2 Choose Rebuild logical drive then press ENTER When prompted to Rebuild Logical Drive select Yes 14 Completed t Step 3 The rebuild progress will be displayed in a status bar Terminal Operation 4 37 Q Step 4 Once rebuild has started a Rebuild progress option will appear in the logical drive status menu select the option to track its progress NP IMPORTANT The Rebuild function is only available when a logical drive with RAID level 1 3 5 or 6 has a failed member NRAID and RAID 0 configurations provide no data redundancy 4 11 5 Expand Logical Drive If there is an amount of unused capacity in a logical drive the LD can be expanded If there is no available unused capacity then the LD cannot be expanded To expand a logical drive first select Expand Logical Drive selection Press Enter to perform the option 4 11 7 Add Drive The Add Drive function will be thoroughly discussion in Chapter 9 Array Expansion 4 11 8 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity Applies to RAID Levels 1 3 5 and 6 If no verifying method is applied to data writes this function can often be performed to verify parity blocks of a selected array This function compares and recalculates paritv data to correct 4 38 RAID Inc f Step 1 Choose the logica
119. a a Switch 1 CHO AID 102 i LDO CHO BID 103 CH1 AID 103 T CH1 BID 102 LD Logical Drive AID ID Managed by Controller A BID ID Managed by Controller B RAID Subsystem Figure 5 SAN with Clustered Servers Configuration Tasks Map LDOto a BID on channel 0 for redundant path access Map LD1to aBID on channel 1 for redundant path access The LUN mapping method is identical to the previous configuration Only that the EonPath package is installed on both of the clustered servers 12 2 Related Functions 12 2 1 Requirements for Redundant Controller Redundant Controller Configurations Communications Channels f ij f f Controller Communications Cache Synchronization Paths Controller RCC Falcon III Magellan X4Preconfigured RCC routes over the system backplane may be SCSI Fibre or SATA data paths These data paths cannot be re assigned With dual active controller configuration write back cache will be disabled if no RCC paths are present If controllers are running with write back caching a battery module on each controller is highly recommended O ut of Band Configuration RS 232C serial port cable for terminal interface operation connection Normally a Y cable will be included with dual controller subsystems The Y cable ensures a valid link in the event of single controller failure Ethernet connection f management through Etherne is preferred
120. ailure Detected Controller BBU Thermal Shutdown Enter Sl eep M ode C 4 2 Warning M emory Not Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config C 4 3 Notification Board1 Cold Temperature Back To N on Critical LVs Q C 12V Upper Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits O OV 12V Lower Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits O OV M emory is Now Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored Controller NOTICE NVRAM Factory Defaults Restored Controller BBU is Charging NOTICE Controller BBU Present NOTICE Controller BBU Back On Line NOTICE Controller BBU Fully Charged Force Controller Write Through on Trigger Cause Event Messages C 7 Event Description C 5 Logical Drive Events C 5 1 Critical M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Missing What Happens The specified hard drive in the specified logical drive has is missing What to D o The drive could have been accidentally removed or drive connection problems occurred Check drive connection and related enclosure status M essage LG Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Failure WhatHappens The specified hard drive in the specified logical drive has failed W hat to D o IF aspare is available the subsystem will automatically start rebuild If there is no spare replace the faulty drive and rebuild will be automatically initiated provided that a replac
121. al drives wien and edit legical volumes ween and edit Host Turns Wien and edit rives d mu controller Hane set Li Lt Title Diss loy cenrra C Fassword Validation TiWeout NAYS Check c controller unique idenrifier Hex TELZ4 H SDRAM Ecc Enabled n y Sat Controller Date and Time LCD Title Cisplay controller Nane 7 Yes E Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER Choose to display the 4 52 RAID Inc embedded controller logo or any given name on the LCD Giving as pecific name to each controller will make them easier to identify if yo u have multiple RAID systems remotely monitored 4 15 3 Saving NVRAM to Disks You can choose to backup your controller dependent configuration in formation to disks We recommend using this function to save configuration information whenever a configuration change ismade The information will be duplicated and distributed to all logical configurations of drives At least a RAID configuration must exist for the controller to write your configuration data onto it From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Maintenance Save NVRAM to Disks then press ENTER c Nain Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes vies and edit Host luns View and edit Drives Wiew and edit cha
122. al feature on SCSI SAS or Fibre disk drives while NCQ is recently implemented with SATA disk drives The queuing feature requires the support of both host adapters and hard disk drives Command queuing can intelligently reorder host requests to streamline random accesses for IOPS multi user environments RAID Inc s subsystems support tag command queuing with an adjustable maximum tag count from 1 to 128 The default setting is Enabled with a maximum tag count of 32 SCSI SAS or Fibre drives or 16 default for SATA drives Choose Maximum Tag Count then press ENTER A list of available tag count numbers displays Move the cursor bar to a number then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 11 6 12 V IMPORTANT f Every time you change this setting you must res amp the controller subsystem for the changes to take effect f Disabling Tag Command Queuing will disable the hard drives built in cache for Write Back operation NOTE The following options are categorized as related to array maintenance and data integrity e Periodic Drive Check Time e Periodic Auto D eect Failure D rive Swap Check Time e Auto Assign Global Spare Drive D etails of these options can be found in Chapter 11 Another option is associated with disk drive SMART support and details can befound in Chapter 13 e DrivePredictable Failure M ode SM AR
123. annel Loop Connection Restored WhatHappens Specific Fibre Channel loop connection restored W hat to D o Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID NOTICE Redundant Path for CHL Restored W hat H appens Redundant path one of the drive sideloop members for CHL _ ID isrestored W hat to D o Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL NOTICE Redundant Path for CHL ID Restored What Happens Theredundant path CHL connecting drive CHL ID is restored What to D o Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to dear the message M essage CHL ID DriveNOTICE Drive Recovered Error Reported WhatHappens Hard drive unrecoverable media error reported A bad block is encountered in the specified hard drive The RAID controller will ask the hard driveto retry W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL LIP FF B Detected Event Messages C 23 What H appens A LIP isissued on CHL What to D o Check proper host or drive sideactivities Press ESC to dear the message M essage CHL Host Channel Notification Bus Reset Issued What H appens Bus reset on the CHL host channel What to D o Check proper host or drive side activities Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID DriveNOTICE Scan Drive Successful WhatHappens A new driveor areplacement drive has been successfully sca
124. annel mode only ID Host Channel number Specific IDs managed by the Secondary Controller for host LUN mapping Drive Channel Specific ID reserved for the channel processor on the Secondary controller used in redundant controller mode NA No channel ID applied AUTO Channel bus data rate set to auto speed negotiation DefSynCIk Default bus synchronous dock M The default setting of the channel is MHz in Synchronous mode Async The default setting of the channd is Asynchronous mode D efWid Default bus width Serial Serial transfer protocol Fibre Channel SAS Channa S Signal F Fibre A SAS Term Terminator Status On Terminator is enabled Off Terminator is disabled Diff The channel is a Differential channel The terminator can only beinstalled removed physically N A N on SCSI bus CurSynClk Current bus synchronous clock GHz The default setting of the channel bus is GHz Async The default setting of the channa bus is Asynchronous mode empty The default bus synchronous dock has changed Reset the controller for the changes to take effect CurWid Current Bus Width Serial Serial transfer protocol Fibre Channel SAS Channel SATA Channel Terminal Screen Messages 3 9 3 8 3 9 Controller Voltage and Temperature ache Status ean e Cache Enable Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi
125. ansfer Rate Show Cache Status Ongoing Processing 3 2 Move the cursor bar to a desired item then press EN TER to select Identifies thetype of controller subsystem or a preset name Indicates the current data transfer rate Use Shift or keys to change the gauge range in order to view thetransfer rate indicator Indicates current cache status Indicates current write caching policy Current system date and time generated by controller real time clock Enters the M ain M enu and operates in AN SI mode Enters the M ain M enu and operates in VT 100 mode Enters the M ain M enu and operates in AN SI color mode Press ENTER on this item to show the cache status and transfer rate es logical drive is being expanded 17 logical drive is being initialized R logical drive is being rebuilt P logical drive Z Parity Regeneration completion ratio S logical drive M edia Scan completion ratio For more details please refer to Section 6 4 Logical Drive Status RAID Inc 3 2 Main Menu Fri Jul amp 18 03 50 2005 i Cache Status 66 Dirty 10 45 P2 40 BAT 4 44 z Haln Menu gt anc Logical drives view and logical Wolumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters vies and edit Peripheral devices system Functions vieu system Information view and edit Event logs Wes Arrow
126. appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting 6 1 5 LUN Applicability If no logical drive has been created and mapped to a host LUN and the RAID controller is the only device connected to the host SCSI card usually the operating systen will not load the driver for the host adapter If the driver is not loaded the host computer will not be able to use the in band utility to communicate with the RAID controller This is often the case when users want to start configuring a RAID using management software from the host It will be necessary to configure the Peripheral Device Type setting for the host to communicate with the controller If the LUN O s only is selected only LUN O of the host ID will appear as a device with the user defined peripheral device type If all undefined LUNs is selected each LUN in that host ID will appear as a device with theuser defined peripheral devicetype Different LUN applicability selections are available Device Type selection Device Qualifier Support Support Removable RAID Inc media LUN 0 s only and All undefined LUNs Please refer to 6 1 8 Peripheral Device Type Parameters for Various Operating Systems for details concerning various operating systems 6 1 6 Peripheral Device Type For connection without a pre configured logical unit and Ethernet link to a host the in band SCSI protocol can be used i
127. ar View drive information Scan scsi drive set slot Mamer add drive Entr Iden tif acs driv wupw L zs se zee ww wuow z s aof me ww wubpw ME N ote that a new item Predictable Failure Test appears in the sub menu If the S M A R T feature is not properly enabled this item Will not appear in thesub menu Step 3 Choose Predictable Failure Test The controller will force the drive to simulate predictable drive errors View drive information Scan scsi j set slot Number add drive Entry Ident if scsi drive Press ENTER and after a while the next time the controller peforms Periodic Drive Check the controller will detect the errors simulated by the drive An error message displays like this SMART CH ID Predictable Failure Detected S M A R T Configuration 10 9 TEST If this error message appears it means your drive supports S M A R T features CHL Z ID SCSI Drive ALERT Unexpected Sense Received 576 If the error message does not appear you may simply refer to related documentation or contact your drive manufacturer for information about whether the drive model and drive firmware version support S M A R T 10 4 3 Using S M A R T Functions Enable S M A R T on the RAID controller Make sure your drives do support S M A R T so that your system will work properly Step 2 SelectaS M A R T rela
128. arai devices 4 14 2 Use the subsystem s password to protect the array from unauthorized entry Once the subsystem password has been set regardless of whether the front panel the RS 232C terminal interface or RAIDWatch Manager is used you can only access the subsystem by providing the correct password IMPORTANT The controller verifies the password when entering the Main Menu from the initial screen or when making a configuration change Ifthe controller is going to be left unattended the Password Validation Timeout can be set to Always Check Setting the validation timeout to Always Check will protect the controller configuration from any unauthorized access 2 The controller password and controller name share a 16 character space The maximum numbers of characters for the controller password is 32 If the controller name occupies 32 characte rs thereis only one character left for the controller password and vice versa 4 14 3 Changing the Password To set or change the controller password move the cursor bar to Change Password then press ENTER If a password has previously been set the controller will ask for the o ld password first If the password has not yet been set thecontroller will directly ask for the new password The password cannot be replaced unless the correct old password is provi ded remma Operation ee 4 14 4 4 14 5 4 14 6 Key in the old password then
129. artitions to host LUNs Once any host ID LUN is successfully associated with a logical c apacity the No Host LUN message in the LCD screen will c hange to Ready f lfyou want to create more host IDs on your host channels please proceed to Section 4 14 4 10 Assigning a Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 4 10 1 Adding Local Spare Drive A spare drive is a standby drive that automatically participates in the rebuild of logical arrays A spare drive must have an equal or larger capacity than the array members A Local Spare is one that participate in the rebuild of a logical drive it is assigned to A Global Spare participates in the rebuild of all configured logical drives and it should have a capacity equal to or larger than all physical drives in a RAID subsystem An Enclosure Spare only participates in the rebuild of a failed drive located within the same enclosure Terminal Operation 4 31 4 32 An Enclosure Spare is one that is used to rebuild a failed drive that resides in the same enclosure In configurations that span across multiple enclosures a Global spare m ay participate in the rebuild of a failed drive that resides in a different en closure Using Enclosure Spare can avoid disorderly locations of membe r disk drives if a previous rebuild involved a Global Spare that resides in Ei IE Chil ID sizecm speed LG DhU Status Uejnlor al Product ID H UH I INME SERRATE Se A ees View dria informati
130. as the designators for workload assigned to different RAID controllers There is no limitation on drive allocations The members of a logical drive do not have to come from the same drive channel Grouping drives from different drive channels helps reduce the chance of downtime caused by a channel bus chip or cabling failure Each logical drive can be configured in a different RAID level and several logical drives can be striped together to compose a larger logical volume 9 1 Each of the logical units a logical drive logical volume or one of their partitions can be made available on one or more host ports using the host LUN mapping options 9 2 Each of them can be associated with one or more host ID LUNs Each of these associated host ID LUNs appears to the host operating system as a virtual storage volume 12 33 Logical Drive Logical Drive Global Spare Physical Drives Figure 12 7 Grouping Hard Drives 10 As diagrammed above array composition can be very flexible You may divide a logical drive or logical volume into several partitions as diagrammed below or use the entire logical drive as a single partition with or without the support of one or several spare drives LD1 on 1 2 Figure 12 8 Partitioning of Logical Units 11 Each logical unit can be associated mapped with one or more host IDs pre configured as a Controller A or a Controller B ID or theLUN numbers under these hos
131. asons eg a logical drive or a disk drive has fatally or physically failed What to D o Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive if rebuild is possible M essage LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Aborted WhatHappens Media Scan operation is aborted for certain reasons e g it has been manually canceled What to D o Check disk drive and system operation status C 10 RAID Inc M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone Failed WhatHappens Drivecloning failed It could result from one of the following reasons l Cloning has been manually canceled by a user 2 Thedriveused for cloning might have failed during the cloning process 3 Bad blocks are encountered on another member drive during the cloning process 4 Thesourcedrive has failed 5 System faults occurred What to D o Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone A borted WhatHappens Logical drive cloning aborted It could result from one of the following reasons 1 Thecloning process has been manually canceled by a user 2 Thedriveused for cloning might have failed during cloning 3 Mediaerrors are encountered on another member drive during the cloning process 4 Thesourcedrive has failed 5 System has been reset or drive hardware faults occurred W hat to D o Carefully identify and replacethe faulty drive M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table FULL Wha
132. ating a Logical Volume iore Edi oet rex rasa yv ren Era oaa rau RES 4 21 4 7 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume 4 23 4 8 Mapping a Logical Volume to Host LUNS 4 25 4 9 Assigning a Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 4 27 4 9 1 Adding Local Spare Drive esses A 4 27 4 9 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive esses 4 29 4 9 8 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive sccssscsssssscccsssseccccccececcesssesseseseneneaes 4 29 4 10 Viewing and Editing Logical Drives and Drive Members 4 30 4 10 1 Deleting a Logical Drive eese eseeee erinnern 4 31 4 10 2 Deleting a Partition Of a Logical Drive ssseesssssessssss 4 32 4 10 3 Assigning a Name to a Logical Drive seseeesesssessssssss 4 33 4 10 4 Rebuilding a Logical Drive esses esee eene nnns 4 34 4 10 5 Expand LOGICA DIVE soceri eap b Ve De pelas vay eR FUP P AV ERa RA 4 35 d OB TAT DAVO ean adu eene Ed EM bM DL MM LEE 4 35 4 10 8 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity esses 4 35 4 IOI IUe Esp T a EE 4 36 AAO TOWE POl eiii a eb ete 4 37 4 11 Viewing and Editing Host LUNS 4 38 4 11 1 Viewing or Deleting LUN Mappings
133. been replaced by a new drive with the capacity of 2GB The next step is to perform Expand Logical Drive to utilize the additional capacity brought by the new drives Select View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu and select the logical drive with its members copied and replaced Select Expand Logical D rive in the sub menu and press ENTER to proceed A confirming box will appear Proceed by pressing ENTER or entering any value no larger than the maximum drive expand capacity and press ENTER eee Cache Status Clean is m OT feee states Jolens Ae POOR e XT des i Partition logical drive logical drive Name ecucccec lt Ao logical drive Assignments PEvpand lesical drives RE a Maximum Available Drive Free Ca ne 10 DONE Maximum Drive Expand Capacity MB Array Expansion 9 9 Choose Yes to confirm CT 7 RT RIDISizene States T TANTRSSTL I NAE COOP IR pou LILIl Partition logical derve S logical drive Nam logical drive sui nments FLOOD BRE 4 pean logical drive um 3 LL E Lo do LLL PE Upon completion you will be prompted by the tification message 0 0 Not iF lcat ion A mm Expansion of Logical Drive OQ Comsleted Step 6 Press ESC to return to the previous menu screen As shown below the total capacity of logical drive has been expanded to 6GB NOTE If the logical drive that has an expanded capacity is a member of a logical
134. bled Disk Recess Delay Tima EB seconda seconds rium 0 Timeout T secs Def aul t lt cord fHaximum Tag Count 16 ar 2 seconds eariogic Orive Check n Disable seconds Periodic Ruto Detect Fallure Drive Suap Check Time seconds Drive Predictable Fallura Model SHARAT Disablad Seconds Aute Resion Global Spare rius Disabled 1 iz z IE 1 Disk Array Parame Redundant Controller Parametaera Controller Parameters LETS In View and Edit Configuration Parameters Drive side Parameters Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART choose one from Detect Only Detect Perpetual Clone and Detect Clone Replace Main Manu gt Quick installation leh Drive Matar Snin llp Oisabled Disk Access Dalay Time GA seconds Orive D Timeout T secsl Bef aw t Hax imun Tag Count IB Periodic Orivwea Chack Time Oisable Periodic Auto Oetect Failure Drive Swap Check Timm 15 seconds lir i i 1 Fei lure Mode SMA isak l j s 1 TIVE FTregicrteaol dArtgr c NENNEN Wd Dateci Only isk Oetect and Perpetual Clones RAID Inc 10 4 Examining Whether Your Drives Support S M A R T To see if your drive supports S M A R T follow the steps below Enable S M A R T for your drives in the RAID system In View and Edit Drives choose one drive to test to Press ENTER on the drive a sub menu will appe
135. bytes received in FM Binary Programming Flas Download Successful Resetting Controller Please Wait Figure B 6 Receiving Firmware Files System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 7 B 8 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Appendix C Event Messages The controller events can be categorized as follows according to the severity levels Critical Errors that need to attend to immediately Warning Errors N otification Command processed message sent from Firmware The RAID subsystem records all system events from power on temporarily record them in cache with up to 1 000 entries To power off or to reset the controller will cause an automatic deletion of all the recorded event logs The RAIDWatch manager can be used to record events on multiple subsystems especially when controller reset or power off is an expected action The events can also be seen from RAIDWatch s Configuration Client utility Associated details can befound in the RAIDWatch user s manual and online help Descriptions below may contain abbreviations Abbreviations and Capitalized letters are preserved for the coherency with the event messages shown on the terminal session Event Messages C 1 C 1 Logical Drive Events Event Index C 1 1 Critical LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Missing LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Drive Failure LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Aborted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebu
136. c Fibra Connection Option Loop only z Main Men gt Quick installation HoSst s1de Parameters Orive side Parameters En sk Arraw Paraneters io controller Parameters fa Keys cMiova Cursor Sa lect Ctri Liketrasn Scraean Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 3 6 4 Choose Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Maximum Queued I O Count then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting The controller supports the following Host side configurations Maximum Queued I O Count LUNs per Host ID Num of Host LUN Connect Tag per Host LUN Connect Peripheral Dev Type Parameters and Cyl H ead Sector Mapping Config 6 1 4 LUNs per Host ID Jed Sep 15 59 24 Cache Status Clean RO 10 A2 4 lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view Queued L 0 E 2096 view Maximum Peet LUNs per Host ID view Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection Def view Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUM Connectio 1 LUN Peripheral Device Type Parameters 2 LUNs y Host Cylinder Head Sector Mapping Configuration LUNs s C Fibre Connection Option Loop only 8 LUNs u C 16 LUNs V 32 LUNs Drive side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Controller Parameters will
137. cal Drive Logical Volume to the Host LUNS 12 22 Front Panel View of Controller Failure 1 eesessusuus 12 23 When and how is the failed controller replaced 12 23 12 3 2 Via Terminal Emulation cccccccsseseseccccsecsesssssescesssceeecesecsusssseseseessas 12 24 Redundant Configuration Using Manual Setting sess 12 24 Creating Primary and Secondary ID eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennees 12 24 Creating Logical Drives to Controller e rep utes tec eroe eoe vete a donde bia Ds 12 25 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Controllers essss 12 26 Mapping a Logical Drive Logical Volume to the Host LUNS 12 26 Terminal Interface View of Controller Failure eene 12 27 What will happen when oneof the controllers fails 12 27 12 3 3 When and How Is the Failed Controller Replaced 12 28 Forcing Controller Failover for Testing sse 12 30 12 4 Redundant Controller Parameters 12 31 12 4 1 RCC Status Redundant Controller Communications Channel 12 31 12 4 2 Secondary Controller RS 232 sess 12 31 12 4 3 Adaptive Write Policy Redundant Model Use only
138. cations of drive bad block reassignments may be the most common omen that a drive is about to fail In addition to the S M A R T related functions as will be discussed later a system administrator can also choose to manually perform Clone Failing Drive on adrive which is about to fail This function provides system administrators a choice on when and how to preserve data from a failing drive Although not necessary under normal conditions you may also replace any drive at will even when the source drive is healthy The Clone Failing Drive can be performed under the following conditions 1 Replacing a failing drive either detected by S M A R T or notified by the controller 2 Manually replacing and doning any drive with a new drive 10 2 Clone Failing Drive Unlike the similar functions combined with S M A R T the Clone Failing Drive is a manual function There are two options for cloning a failing drive Replace after Clone and Perpetual Clone S M A R T Configuration 10 1 10 2 10 2 1 Replace after Clone Data on the source drive the drive with predicted errors or any selected member drive will be cloned to a standby spare and replaced later by the spare The status of the replaced drive the original member drive with predicted errors will be redefined as a used drive System administrators may replace the used drive with a new one and then configure the new drive as a spare drive
139. ce Spin up time Re allocated sector count Seek error rate Seek time performance Spin try recount Drive calibration retry count mule ie ie Bie Drives with reliability prediction capability only indicate whether the drive is good or failing In a SCSI environment the failure decision occurs on the disk drive and the host notifies the user for action The SCSI specification provides a sense bit to be flagged if the disk drive determines that a reliability issue exists The system then alerts the user system administrator B RAID Inc s Implementations with S M A R T RAID Inc uses the ANSI SCSI Informational Exception Control IEC document X3T 10 94 190 standard RAID Inc There are four selections related to the SM A R T functions in firmware Disabled Disables S M A R T related functions Detect Only When the S M A R T function is enabled the controller will send a command to enable all drives SM A R T function if a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in an event log Detect and Perpetual Clone When the S M A R T function is enabled the controller will send a command to enable all drives S M A R T function If a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in an event log The controller will donethe drive if a Dedicated Global spare is available The drive with predicted errors will not be taken off line and the clone drive will still ac
140. channel The Quick Installation can only be performed when there is no configured logical drive 1 3 Logical Drive Status Logical Drive RAID level Number of drives LGO RAID5 DRV 3 Z2024MB D BS Logical Drive status Figure 1 3 Logical Drive Status Screen Logical D rive TheLogical Drive number RAID level The RAID level applied for this logical drive Number of Drives The number of physical drives included in this configuration Logical D rive status XxxxM B The capacity of this logical drive SB x Standby drives available to this logical drive Except the spares dedicated to other logical configurations all spare drive s will be counted in this field including Global and Local Spares XxxxM B INITING Thelogical driveis now initializing RAID Inc XxxxM B INVALID XxxxxM B GD SB x XxxxM B FL SB x XxxxM B RB SB x XxxxM B DRVMISS INCOMPLETE ARRAY For firmware version before 3 31 The logical drive has been created with Optimization for Sequential 1 O but the current setting is Optimization for Random I O OR The logical drive has been created with Optimization for Random 1 0 but the current setting is Optimization for Sequential I O Firmware versions 3 31 and later have separate settings for array optimization and array stripe size This message will not appear when the optimization mode is changed Thelogical driveisin good condition One member drive fail
141. conds Eod ed enter the Main Menu Use tha Host buns z up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Host Luns then press ENT w IMPORTANT N ote some details before proceeding Slot A Slot B IDs A logical group of drives logical drive logical volume previously assigned to the Slot A controller cannot be mapped to a Slot B ID Neither can those assigned to the Slot B controller be mapped to a Slot A ID t Step 2 The first available ID on the cu 5 arp 112 first host channel appears usually channel0 t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a configured host ID and then press ENT for two seconds to confirm t Step 4 Press the up or down arrow map to keys to select the type ofl Logical Drive logical configuration to be associated with a host Map to ID LUN Available choices Logical Volume are Map to Logical Drive or M ap to Logical Volume q Step 5 Confirm your choice by pressing ENT for two seconds t Step 6 Press the up or down CHO ID112 LUNO arrow keys to select a Not Mapped LUN number then press ENT to proceed RAID Inc t Step 7 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm the selected LUN mapping 7 Step 8 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a logical drive a logical volume or a partition Map Host LUN LV 0 ID 685AE502 478734MB DRV 1 within 7 Step 9 Press ENT for two LV 0 PART 0 seconds to map the 700MB selected partition to this LUN
142. contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Low Speed Detected 1073870808 RPM What H appens Low rotation speed detected on cooling fan Thisis a fault detected through an 12C serial bus What to D o Check proper module installation or contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage SES CO10 Cooling Fan 0 Device N ot Supported What H appens Unrecognizabledevicetype This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring W hat to D o Check proper moduleinstallation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert What H appens Elevated temperature detected through SA F TE monitoring device Improper installation site condition or cooling fan failure might have caused the system temperature to rise What to D o Check proper cooling and cooling fan working condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Device ALERT CPU Cold Temperature Detected C WhatHappens Temperature below thelowe CPU threshold detected Improper installation site condition might have caused the situation What to D o Correct your installation site condition Contact your RAID system supplier M essage Peripheral Device ALERT Elevated Temperature Alert What H appens High temperature threshold violated and detected through an I2C serial bus Improper installation site condition or
143. ct to the RAID system locally or from a remote computer using RAIDWatch Manager While connected to the RAID system there will be icon s with IP address specified on the left of the menu screen Select by double dicking the icon of the RAID subsystem which firmware is to be upgraded Select the Configuration Parameters icon and then select the System tab Single dick the Download FW check circle Click the Apply button to proceed A message prompt should display Click Yes and then a file location prompt will appear 2 Provide the firmware filename to the RAIDWatch M anager It will start to download the firmwareto RAID controller 3 Shutdown the application server s or application s which are accessing the RAID then reset the controller in order to use the new downloaded firmware RAID Inc B 3 Upgrading Firmware Using RS 232C Terminal Emulation The firmware can be downloaded to the RAID controller subsystem by using an ANSI VT 100 compatible terminal emulation program Whichever terminal emulation program is used must support the ZM ODEM file transfer protocol The following example uses the HyperTerminal in Windows NT Other terminal emulation programs eg Telix and PROCOMM Plus can perform thefirmware upgrade as well B 3 1 Establishing the connection for the RS 232C Terminal Emulation Please refer to Chapter 4 Connecting to Terminal Emulation and also your hardware manual for details on establishin
144. d Priority Hain Manu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes vie and edit Host luns vies and edit Drives vies and edit channels Rebul ld Priority Norma y jon writes vi C Al Low en M de Disable v ponse Timeout Disable H L Improve Ei High DOCE Rec er Parameters Cent roller Parameters t Step 1 Choose Rebuild Priority then press ENTER A list of the priority selections Low Normal Improved or High displays t Step 2 Move the cursor bar to a selection then press ENTER 8 4 2 Verification on Writes Errors may occur when a hard drive writes data To avoid the write error the controller can force hard drives to verify written data There arethree selectable methods f Verification on LD Initialization Writes Performs Verify after Write when initializing a logical drive f Verification on LD Rebuild Writes Performs V erify after Write during the rebuild process f Verification on LD Normal Drive Writes Performs V erify after Write during normal I Os Each method can be enabled or disabled individually Hard drives will perform Verify after Write according to the selected method Data Integrity 8 11 c Main Fem Quick installation view and Cit Logical drives view and enit logical Volumes E i i s01 Bost luns T i 1 vlowW and view and view and ern it Drives it channels Communication Param
145. d Stripe Size sess 2 4 2 2 3 Optimization for Random or Sequential VOS ssussss 2 4 2 2 4 Write back Write through Cache Enable Disable 2 5 2 2 5 Penodi Cache FIUSN ae t E i d tI ve Me cout 2 6 View Connhected Drives roisia rei end Ee Doe oues oit EE arcane 2 7 Creating a Logical Drive csucsa Ee aeos Pere Pes eo E ees ves C Eyed ders 2 8 2 4 1 Choosing a RAID EOVOl eut tette hao totem need 2 8 2 4 2 Choosing Member Drives esses seen enne nnne nnn nnn nn nnns anna 2 8 2 4 3 Logical Drive Preferences eese sese eene ta nns 2 9 2 4 4 Maximum Drive Capacity esses esses nane nnn nnn nnn nnn nn 2 9 2 4 5 Spare Drive Assignmentis esee esie sea sein nana nana nnns 2 9 2 4 6 Disk Reserved Space E aan n naa 2 10 2 4 7 Logical Drive Assignment Dual Active Controllers 2 10 2 409 VWHtO TOC uisi ssim E E EUN MR EVE ME aT RRTR RUD ERG DR dE ULM 2 10 24 9 Iniialtzallop VOU Ro UU REAL PTOBURP T acd Rudd 2 11 24 TO SUID SIZE 2 12 2 4 11 Beginning Initialization esses sess 2 12 Creating a Logical Volume oec rona Oeo cease vui Een vs Mae su pP nnna 2 13 2 91 JAAA ON IMOOG sucio erepto p tas avente ds Ite ete qna Ru de ace puc dde 2 14 ES WIO aee a M 2 14 2 5 3 Logical Volume Assignm
146. d addat asde 12 14 SVP ON eoecsoddol ont E E atta ce ERO esos Mus cua euet rau a TEE 12 14 CODD CELO qs aset EE E ede lle dice a e eut teles ot e e ode dv ou uS o v 12 15 12 2 Preparing Controllers iiid pite oua oae eee Deoa ec EE ravi ieu Stud a 12 16 122 1 FACQUIFCINGCING i E 12 16 General Procedure for Controller Settings cc ccsscsccscessssesesseessessseeseeeeseeeees 12 17 1222 EIOS eiue decet duda vut vene Ue esas tea LEN EMEN 12 17 12 2 3 Configurable Parameters esses esee 12 18 Active to Active Configuration eeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeee nennen enne nennen nnne nen 12 18 Active to Standby Configuration eese eee eene 12 18 Cache S VICI ONIZAMON raed ptos xata e suia brem e o br settee ia D edad oL cd tesa 12 18 Battery OUP POR Us ed ooo etes euseenanescalon ud one RR Ea a dvi unshisus duda isse dU atu 12 18 12 3 COMMOUPAUO E S 12 19 12 3 1 Via Front Panel Keypad esses nennen nns 12 20 Redundant Configuration Using Manual Setting 12 20 Starting the Redundant Controllers esses 12 20 Creating Primary and Secondary ID cccccceceessssssssscsesseeceesseeeseeeeseneeessaaes 12 21 Host Hantie Lise eie dnos desereret ra tudine uae uei ue paul entm ui RM aud vate dunt 12 21 Logical Drive Logical Volume Assignments Dual Active Controllers 12 21 Mapping a Logi
147. d by the preset Task Schedules on a specific disk drive What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 NOTICE CHL 0 1D 132 Starting M edia Scan WhatHappens Media Scan is manually or automatically started by the preset Task Schedules on a specific member of Logical Drive 0 W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 01D 132 Completed WhatHappens Media Scan on a specific disk drive is completed W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 NOTICE Media Scan of CHL 0 1D 132 Completed WhatHappens Media Scan on a specific member of Logical Drive 0 is completed W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Continue Clone Event Messages C 15 Operation WhatHappens The target logical drive has been restored to its previous status e g a failed drive is restored and the cloning process can continue What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Starting Clone WhatHappens Cloning process started on one of the members of Logical Drive O W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 01D 132 Copy and Replace Completed What Happens Copy and replace is completed with a specific member of Logical Drive 0 The original member drive is replaced by another disk drive What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Dr
148. d or BBU charge drops below a preconfigured level the subsystem will start charging its batteries What to D o Press ESC to clear the message All batteries have a limited life expectancy If this message appears too frequently the BBU may have gradually lost its ability to hold charge M essage 12V Upper Voltage Back within Acceptable Limits _ V What H appens 12V voltage dropped back within preset thresholds What to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage NOTICE Controller BBU Present WhatHappens A BBU oncemissing or removed is now electrically connected to the subsystem What to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message M essage NOTICE Controller BBU Back On Line What H appens A BBU once missing or removed is now restored to its normal working condition What to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to dear the message M essage NOTICE Controller BBU Fully Charged What H appens A BBU is fully charged W hat to D o Check proper working condition and press ESC to clear the message C 34 RAID Inc M essage Force Controller Write Through on Trigger Cause WhatHappens Preset conditions e g elevated temperature or component failure has forced the subsystem to adopt a more conservative operating mode by disabling the Write Back caching W hat to D o Check proper working condition and correct system faults Press ESC to c
149. displays This applies to enclosure implementations using cooling fans capable of reporting rotation speed W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage SES COIO Cooling Fan 1 Fan Back On Line WhatHappens A cooling fan once missing or failed is restored This message is reported through an SES monitoring device W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE FAN 1Back On Line WhatHappens An individual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage SAF TE Device 1 NOTICE Temperature Back To N on Critical LVs What H appens Operating temperature back within normal temperature range What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set ODevice NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical L Vs WhatHappens Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Se 0 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 is Present WhatHappens Temperature sensor 1 once missing and is now present on the serial bus W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set O Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs C WhatHappens Temperature sensor 1 reports operating temperature is now within normal temperature range and the Celsius reading displays W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message
150. dundancy in the applications without the use of FC switches 3 SAN with FC Switches LD to Host ID Logical Association Switch 0 e Switch 1 CHO AID 102 CHO BID 103 CH1 AID 103 CHO BID 102 LDS Logical Drive AID ID Managed by Controller A BID ID Managed by Controller B RAID Subsystem Figure 3 SAN with FC Switches Shown above is a configuration using FC switches to facilitate the connections with multiple SAN servers For the reason with diagram s simplicity only one server is displayed 12 6 RAID Inc Configuration Tasks Map LDOto an AID on channel 1 for redundant path ACCESS Map LDOto an AID on 102 N A channel 0 LDO ptm Map LD1to aBID on channel 1 for redundant path ACCESS Map LD1to aBID on N A 103 channel 0 LD1 pnt This configuration applies to a redundant controller subsystem attached to host computer s using intermediate FC switch devices Fault Tolerance is achieved through the following 1 Logical drives are separately associated with Controller A IDs or Controller B IDs on separate host channels 2 n the event of a cabling or single controller failure a surviving controller or a controller holding a valid data link can access the array through an alternate host ID or ID inherited from a failed controller 3 Through the intermediate FC switches or a FC switch with segregated zoning cable controller failure can be managed by re routin
151. e self interfaced methods are supported Redundant SAF TE S E S devices are supported Multiple S E S devices are supported Dynamic on lining of Once an expansion unit JBOD with enclosure services supported monitoring interface is combined with a RAID system its status will be automatically polled User configurable 50ms 100ms 200ms period 500ms 1 60sec ISEMS RAID Inc Simple Supported via an I2C serial bus Enclosure Management Service Multiple SAF TE S E S Supported modules on the same channel Multiple SAF TE S E S Supported modules on different channels Mapping SAF TE S E S Supported device to host channel for use with host based SAF TE S E S monitoring Event Triggered When any of the following happens the Operation firmware disables write back caching to minimize the chance of losing data Battery controller cooling fan or PSU failure The upper temperature thresholds are exceeded Low battery charge UPS AC loss or low battery charge The triggering factors are user configurable Dual speed cooling fan Yes firmware triggers high rotation speed in control the event of elevated temperature or component failure e g a fan failure Dual LED drive status Supported Both single LED and dual LED indicators drive status indicators are supported SAF TE S E S Supported Display the temperature value temperature value provided by enclosure SAF TE S E S module display if avai
152. e array stripe size Terminal Operation 4 19 By t Step7 A confirm box should prompt Check theconfiguration details and select Yes to start the migration process Raid Level RAID 6 online Drives 4 Maximum Drive Capacity 2000 ME Disk Reserved Space 256 MB Spare Drives 0 Logical Drive Assignment Primary Controller Stripe size Default 128K Bytes Migrate Logical Drive 7 No 5 E Q Step8 A message should prompt indicating the migration process has started Line Initializing Notification z Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Add prive operation at y Step 9 Press ESC to clear the message The initialization Fotf Line Initializing Meal 7 4 Completed as t Step 10 Since the migration process includes adding anew member drive the completion of RAID migration is indicated as follows NotI TI cation ia O Logical Drive NOTICE Add Drive to Logical Drive Completed O nce the migration is completed associate the RAID6 array with the ID LUN number originally associated with the previous RAI D5 array Please refer to Section 4 9 Mapping a Logical Volume to Host LUNS for more information RAID Inc 4 6 Creating a Logical Volume f A logical volume consists of one or several logical drives These logical drives are striped together For example A RAID50 volume is one that consists of several RAID5 arrays using the block level striping method known as RA
153. e drive reporting SMART errors the hot spare remains a clone drive 3 Clone Replace using a hot spare to replace the drive reporting SMART errors the drive reporting errors is pulled offline A 6 Redundant Controller Active active Supported redundant controller Firmware Functionality Specifications A A 8 Synchronized cache Supported Through one or multiple dedicated synchronizing channels on a common backplane or external cabling Synchronized cache over SCSI channels Fibre loops or SATA channels is supported oynchronized cache can be disabled via a UI option when using write through mode in a redundant controller configuration to prevent performance trade offs Write back cache Yes with synchronized cache connection and enabled in redundant mirrored cache between controllers controller mode Yes user s interaction necessary e g to restart the software management console Controller hot swap f No need to shut down the failed controller before replacing the failed controller f Support online hot swap of the failed controller There is no need to reset or shutdown the failed controller One controller can be pulled out during active I Os to simulate the destructive controller failure Parity synchronization Supported in redundant controller write back mode to avoid write hole Redundant controller Dedicated loops or distribution over drive loops communication over selectable Preset SATA paths
154. e members have a block number equal to or smaller than the Local Global Spare Drive but you should not do the reverse Creating a Logical Drive View and Edit fq t Step 1 To create a logical drive Logical Drives press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Use the up or down arrow keys to navigate through the menus Choose View and Edit Logical Drives and then press ENT t Step 2 Press the up or down arrow LG 0 keys to select a logical drive yot Defined gt entry then press ENT fo two seconds to proceed LG is short for Logical Drive Choosing a RAID Level t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow Tbny 24 Create keys to select the desired LG Level RAID6 RAID level then press ENT for two seconds TDRV Total Drives refers to the number of all available disk drives RAID Inc 2 4 2 Choosing Member Drives t Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds RAID 6 Selected the message RAID X To Select drives selected To Select drives will prompt Confirm your selection by pressing ENT t Step 5 Press ENT then use the up on S10t 23936 MB down arrow keys to brows Pe DRV SEAGATE through the available drives 7 Step 6 Press ENT again to select deselect the drives An SLOT 1 239367MB asterisk mark will appear on the selected drives To deselect a drive press ENT again on the selected drive The mark will disappear I step 7 After all the desired drives have been s
155. e refer to the discussions later in this chapter 12 5 Configuration Processes via Terminal Emulation Logical RAID units are manually associated with Controller A B IDs that reside on the host channels Disable some configuration options for they might cause data inconsistency if module failures should occur For example disabling the use of buffers on individual disk drives may let you lose some performance yet it is relatively safer for drive buffers may hold cached writes during a power outage and cause data inconsistency The configuration option can be found in firmwares embedded utility through Main Menu gt View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt D rive side Parameters gt D rive D elayed Write There are similar concerns with the mirrored cache operated between the RAID controllers Make sure compensatory measures are applied eg use of battery backup modules or UPS devices RAID Inc Pros and Cons of Various Configurations Simple DAS w o Hub Applies to single logical drive over flexible cabling DAS w Hubbed Ports Saves costs on FC switches total host side bandwidth can be halved SAN w FC Switches Applies to multi server SAN requires expensive FC switches Method B IDs In the event of host link failure data access travels through the RCC links between RAID controllers so that a RAID controller with broken link will not sit idle Multipathing w Clustered High redundancy on server side and on the sto
156. e status depends on enclosure implementation and is accessed through different interfaces e g SAF TE S E S or 12C serial bus Endosure devices usually indude the following Drive failure output definition Cooling FAN Power supply Temperature Sensors Device set description cP Br fe 4h SB85 UBWN PP BAT 44484 nain Memi Muick L sLallaLier pd elit Logical drives 1 cu ami cdib togical Updunes ami edit Host urs ule sd SLE IDlIu8s ike BLE channels eu Amd ele Configuration paramseLers i ITEH L E 5 Redundant Controller Fallback Conplete Prinary 5 PALUS LOX AD LUM Below is a screen showing the enclosure devices linked through an 12C serial bus Tw Jun 29 QJ 06 56 Jt lt Main Menu gt Quick installation vica and edit Logical drives view and edit log cal Volumes view and edit Host Tuns view and edit Orives view and edit channels view and ed Power Supp ly E Cooling Fan Ses Temperature Sensor 1 Drive Failure tput Oefdniriaon Device Set Descriptor LOCATION Oogerationa Arrow Keys Move CUP Sor ENET sel ae ESE Exit CTP I4L i Retresh Screen i Step 4 Press ENTER on a component type to examine its operating status Following is a screen listing all cooling fans in a 3U enclosure including those embedded in power supply modules Enclosure Management 7 9 7 10 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc
157. eck time to any other value allows the controller to check at the selected time interval all of the drives that are listed under View and Edit Drives If any driveis then removed the controller will be able to know even if no host accesses that drive ri Oct ZB 09 53 02 2005 Lache Status Clean EAT 4 4 Main Memmi gt Duigk inslal lal ien uic Wich Prive Hotor Spin Up Diasabplcu Fisable Wiw Disk nhccess Delay Time 2S Seconds lyfe seconds view Drive I 0 Timenuit 7 Sece Default Mas imun Tag Coal 16 Periodic Drive Check Time Second Fcriodic tuto Detect Failure Urive Swap Check Time Q sccond s Drive Fredictable Failure ModedSnnHT Pisabled d seconds spare Drive Disabled Auto Assign Global Drive side Parameters Disk Array Farameters Redundant controller Parameters Controller Parameters LETI4 L Refresh Screen Ee Q Step 1 Choose View and Edit Configuration Parameters from the Main Menu Drive side Parameters and Periodic Drive Check Time then press ENTER 4 Step 2 Move the cursor bar to the desired interval then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting 8 1 2 Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time The Drive Swap Check Time is the interval at which the controller checks to see if a failed drive has been swapped When a logical drives me
158. ect Encountered What H appens Unexpected disconnect detected on the specific target disk drive What to D o Check cabling termination and canister installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered What H appens U nexpected disconnect detected on the specific drive channel What to D o Check cabling termination and canister connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete What H appens O timeout on specific RCC channel What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete What H appens Drive side target I O timeout Possible drive side cabling termination and canister connection abnormal or drive malfunctioning W hat to D o Check drive side cabling termination canister disk drive connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Timeout Waiting for I O to Complete What H appens O timeout on specific drive channel What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected What H appens RCC channel parity or CRC errors detected What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Host Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected What H appe
159. ed What H appens Unrecognizabledevicetype This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring What to D o Check proper module installation and contact your RAID system supplier C 7 2 Notification M essage SA F TE Device 2 NOTICE Fan Back On Line ldx 11 What Happens A once missing or failed cooling fan is restored This messageis reported through the SAF TE monitoring device What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage NOTICE Fan ModuleA Back On LineFANO RPM WhatHappens A once missing or failed cooling fan is restored This message is reported through an I2C serial bus with RPM reading W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Device NOTICE Fan Back On Line What H appens An 12C serial bus message indicating a once missing or failed cooling fan is restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line What H appens An individual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Is Present What H appens An individual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message C 28 RAID Inc M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE FAN 1 Back On Line RPM WhatHappens An individual cooling fan once missing or failed is restored and the PRM reading
160. ed in this logical drive Logical Driveis rebuilding One of the drives is missing Two or more drives failed in this logical drive 1 4 Logical Volume Status Logical Volume Logical Volume ID Status D LV 0 ID 09816DE9 Q00002021MB DRV 1 Volume capacity a Number of drives Figure 1 4 Logical Volume Status Screen LCD Screen Messages Logical Volume DRV x Logical Volume ID Status The Logical Volume number The number of logical drive s contained in this logical volume The unique ID number of the logical volume randomly generated by firmware In MPIO applications this ID can be used to identify a RAID volume conneded through two separate host links Logical V olume Status xxxM B The capacity of this logical volume 1 5 Drive Status Drive Slot Number Drive Capacity SLOT 1 10100MB LG 0 LN Maxtor Logical Dri Drive Status Drive Vendor Number Figure 1 5 Drive Status Screen D rive Status LG zx IN LG x LN LG x RB LG x SB GlobalSB NEW DRV BAD DRV ABSENT MISSING SB MISS 1 4 Initializing On line already a member of a logical configuration Rebuilding Local Spare Drive Global SpareDrive New drive Failed drive Drive does not exist an empty drivetray Drive missing drive was once there Spare driveis missing RAID Inc 1 6 Channel Status Host Channel Channel Channel Number i Mode Np of Available CO Host ID
161. ed options and then press EN TER on Execute Regenerate Logical Drive Parity to begin the operation 9 4 8 10 8 3 1 Overwrite Inconsistent Parity Default is enabled If an array s data parity is seriously damaged restoring parity data by regenerating and overwriting the original data may cause data loss Disablethis option if you suspect parity data has been seriously corrupted 8 3 2 Generate Check Parity Error Event Default is enabled When enabled parity inconsistency will bereported as system events NP IMPORTANT If a regenerating process is stopped by a drivefailure the process cannot be restarted until the logical drive is successfully rebuilt by having its failed member replaced Disk Array Parameters LI it wveraTTicati AV Opti wiz Max Drive Response Timeout Disable a7 3 zeri lant Cotro ler Paraneter s troller Parameters Cache Status Clean lt Main Menu Quick installation Wiew and edit Logical drives View and edit logical volumes view and edit Host Tuns view amd edit Drives view and edit channels eon kr teses on Mode nn ati Disable ENTE 56 Bet ES TEXTE CUP i Likerresn Streen Select View and Edit Configuration Parameters on the M ain Menu and press ENTER Choose Disk Array Parameters then press ENTER again The Disk Array Parameters menu will appear RAID Inc 8 4 1 Rebuil
162. ed volume by the 8 3GB in Disk2 m Lewnpigt er Farapa erni Tain w e t 2 DK EG ons baw tps le Syste se Trea zu dcr P azkion Eck HTE He cit tr Gliese wWounef oia rers fc HiT Haak tr Compute Managemen Lomi E x Srabani Took B Event Wemer 00e scam Int m mahian cm Ferta marzz Loss acd Alerts egal Shered Pokers i am Device Hanai ROW Lors Users and ia sepe E ET 5m ace C Dac Manage nent F 4 A tess be fregrventer MERI Iul Ask n nl M MH M FE Remsvable Storage Hx c t dn Sarie end Ppolicetcns id zi GE 14 za E TFS dire Hearre t Sechan Tisk 1 aic Ms Solis F 16 28 GE 16 58 GE TFS Heak ri Maw Yoluma E Has SOAPS Haal ry onim i Uratocated gl Pansy Potion p Sparnad voli E SSS S ji Logical Drive E is now composed of two partitions with a total volume of 2500M B To see this hold down on the lt Ctrl gt key and select both Disk 1 and Disk2 then right click your mouse and select Properties Drive E now has a capacity of about 25GB RAID Inc Array Expansion New Volume E Properties 9 17 9 18 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter S M A R T Configuration 10 1 Overview S M A R T With the maturity of technologies like S M A R T drive failures can be predicted to certain degree Before S M A R T receiving notifi
163. elected press ENT for two seconds to continue 2 4 3 Logical Drive Preferences t Step 8 You may also choose Change Logical Change Logical Drive Drive Parameter Parameter then press ENT to change related parameters before initializing the logical drive 2 4 4 Maximum Drive Capacity Q Step 8 1 1 Choose Maximum Drive Maximum Drive Capacity then press ENT The Capacity maximum drive capacity refers to the maximum capacity that will be used in each member drive Q Step 8 1 2 If necessary use the up and down arrow keys to change the maximum size that will be used on each drive MaxSiz 239367MB Set to 239367MB co Front Panel Operation 2 Sometimes using a slightly smaller number here can be safer in case drive of the same size may actually feature different number of blocks 2 4 5 Spare Drive Assignments The Local Dedicated Spare Drive can Spare Drive also be assigned here Assignments t Step 8 2 1 Press the up or down arrow keys to choose Spare Drive Assignments then press ENT t Step 8 2 2 Available disk drives will New DRV SEAGATE down arrow keys to browse through the drive list then press ENT to select the drive you wis to use as the Local Spare Drive Slot 239306J7MB LG 0 SL SEAGATE t Step 8 2 3 Press ENT again for two seconds 2 4 6 Disk Reserved Space This menu allows you to see the sizeof Disk Rev Space disk reserved space De
164. ement drive can berecognized by the subsystem For example in a SCSI based subsystem a manual Scan Drive command should be executed In subsystems using other types of disk drives drive swap auto detecti on should be enabled on the drive channels M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Aborted WhatHappens Logical drive rebuild aborted It could result from the one of the following reasons l Therebuild has been manually canceled by a user 2 The replacement drive used for a rebuild may have failed during the rebuild or the drive contains immanent defects 3 Bad blocks are encountered on another member drive during the rebuild RAID 1 3 and 5 arrays 4 System faults occurred What to D o Carefully identify and replace the faulty drive and perform logical drive rebuild again It is best to stop host I Os temporarily to this logical drive C 8 RAID Inc M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Rebuild Failed WhatHappens Logical drive rebuild failed It could result from the one of the following reasons 1 Therebuild has been manually canceled by a user 2 Thereplacement drive used for a rebuild may have failed during therebuild or the drive contains immanent defects 3 Bad blocks are encountered on another member drive during the rebuild RAID 1 3 and 5 arrays 4 _ System faults occurred What to D o Carefully identify and replace thefaulty drive and perform logical drive rebuild again It is best to stop host I Os te
165. en discovered and corrected during the rebuild What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Rebuild C 12 RAID Inc WhatHappens Therebuild process has begun W hat to D o This isthe message displayed when a stand by spareis available when a member drivefails or when a faulty drive is physically replaced The subsystem should automatically detect a drive for rebuild if the hot swap detection mechanism has been enabled M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Rebuild of Logical Drive Completed WhatHappens The subsystem has successfully rebuilt a logical drive W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Parity Regeneration Operation What Happens Start What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Parity Regeneration WhatHappens Start regenerating parity of a logical drive W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Parity Regeneration of Logical Drive Completed What Happens The parity regeneration process on logical drive is completed What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation WhatHappens Logical drive creation process started Note that the creation and Initialization processes are separated Creation of a logical drive only takes a second while the initialization may take hours with the arrays c
166. enenensnsaes 4 3 4 2 8 Optimization for Random or Sequential VOS osse 4 4 4 2 4 Write Back Cache Enable Disable cese 4 5 vi 42 5 Penodi Cache Jd Ius ue eiae tbi isl Eod Us 4 6 4 3 Viewing the Connected Drives eceeeeee ener 4 7 44 Creating a Eogical Drive siso inso oec usi oe ooo epi eren E es 4 8 4 4 1 Choosing a RAID Level sse eene nnne nnn nnns nana 4 9 4 4 2 Choosing Member Drives sese 4 9 4 4 3 Logical Drive Preferences esses eese 4 10 4 4 3 1 Maximum Drive C apaolty c seo tese tuat eec cuc pud eio ret Ra e e pecus 4 10 AA Diss TASS ION SPATS JOEDVeS ies poss a a Ye tous ni dodeibazedun net ende p ines Oed 4 11 AAs 5 3 Disk Reserved Space oii edo e b is E In M vEPr bap SPEC boeds 4 11 4 4 3 4 Logical Drive Assignments Dual Active Controllers 4 12 LN So WHILE PONCY e P ERE 4 12 4 4 3 6 Initialization Mode eseeseeeeeseseeeeeeee eene nennen nnns 4 12 qu PODES Zenan a a ean betodtot iocdutum bash da MasDue da TUA LNSCN 4 13 4 5 RAID MIOEGUODG inrer Eur Ecc epa ec co cone E CL n eniro e eee 4 15 4 5 1 Requirements for Migrating a RAIDS Array ssssssssse 4 16 4 5 2 Migration Metheds ecc d pee e to al au e aid us 4 17 4 5 3 Migration Exemplary Procedure sisse 4 18 4 6 Cre
167. ent Dual Active Controllers 2 16 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume 2 16 Mapping a Logical Volume Logical Drive to Host LUN 2 19 Assigning Spare Drive and Rebuild Settings 2 21 2 8 1 Adding a Local Spare Drive eiiis enn nnns 2 21 2 8 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive esee annes 2 21 2 8 8 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive cccccccccceessesesessessssssnsssaesssseseeceeeeses 2 22 2 0 4 HODUIIO SCHINOGS Q5 eade DI oe ido ERR UNES Dose sa ehdenuas 2 23 Viewing and Editing Logical Drives and Drive Members 2 23 2 9 1 Deleting a Logical Drive sessi essen nnn nnn 2 24 2 9 2 Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive ssesssssesseesssss 2 24 2 9 3 Assigning a Name to a Logical Drive ssssssssssseesess 2 26 2 9 4 Rebuilding a Logical Drive Manual Rebuild 2 26 2 9 5 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity sss 2 27 2 FME SO seit A aati dem iuda mapu faa ad mean 2 28 2 0 7 WINO F OIV ucuesseticincha stu xo curtd and aside a ui RUIN 2 32 2 10 Viewing and Editing Host LUNS 2 32 2 11 Viewing and Editing Drives
168. er M essage CHL ID Drive NOTIFY Block Reassignment Failed 0 10B What H appens Data regeneration and reassignment failed The Bad Block Table is full Too many bad blocks have been found on the disk drive The adjacent data blocks on other member drives might have also been damaged What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected What H appens Data overrun underrun errors detected on the RCC channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected What H appens Data overrun underrun errors detected on a disk drive CHL ID W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected What H appens Data overrun underrun errors detected on the drive channel CHE W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Negotiation Error Detected What H appens N egotiation errors occurred on the RCC channel CHL W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier C 20 RAID Inc M essage CHL ID Targ
169. er it is inevitable a replacement controller will berunning later revisions of firmware To solve this problem you should manually downgrade the replacement s firmware or inform your supplier of the firmware version currently running on your subsystem Y our system vendor should be ableto provide an appropriate version of firmware and replacement controller 12 39 12 40 Auto Failback Once the failed controller is removed and a replacement controller is installed the existing controller will acknowledge the situation The existing controller should automatically attempt to combine with the replacement controller When the initialization process of the replacement controller is compleed the replacement controller should always inherit the status of the Secondary controller Nx IMPORTANT For a subsystem powered by the ASIC266 or later chipset rese the subsystem if the replaced controller resides in slot A If the replacement controller in slot A is successfully combined a system rese should restore its status as theP rimary controller RAID Inc Primary Controller Secondary Controller V x Controller Failure Primary Controller Secondary Controller Primary Controller System Reset Primary Controller Secondary Controller Figure 12 13 Controller Primary Secondary Relative Positions Redundant Controller A typical controller failover and failback State 1 State 2 State
170. er controller slot as the Primary controller The factory defaults ensures the Slot A controller always behaves as a Primary controller In normal operating conditions the Slot A controller should always be the Primary controller In the conditions described below a slot A controller might temporarily serve as a Secondary controller 1 If the Slot A controller fails the original Slot B Secondary controller takes over and becomes the Primary controller 2 If the slot A controller is replaced by a new controller the slot A controller temporarily serves as the Secondary controller 3 Once the subsystem is reset or powered on again firmware returns the Primary role to the controller installed in slot A Configuration Rules Logical Drives Logical Volumes and Logical Partitions Listed below are the basics about configuring RAID arrays on a subsystem using dual active controllers l All configuration utilities are managed by the Primary RAID normally the controller A controller 2 Controller B status can also be displayed on a terminal or LCD screen Management screen of a specific RAID controller is indicated by a flashing digit lt A gt or B respectively RAID Inc Event Logs a EIE LT E Tira Tl prive CE On Line Initial et 006 09 06 18 53 46 gt IDil45BAQC Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization I c2006 09 06 LES SSE SG em AT ID 1456A0C7 Logical Drive MOTICE Creation of
171. er nexus The controller will be able to accept more than that as long as the controller internal resources allow if the controller does not have enough resources at least 32 tags can be accepted per nexus Fan mens Quick installation m view Maximum Qqueued TO Court 256 yew LUNE per Host ID amp view Max Hunber of Sencurrert Host LUN Connection Gef 4 ie E BEC HALE ar each HOSt LUN cConneczri n L Peripheral Gevice Type Parameters Hatt cy inder Head sactor Mapping Can hl guration Fibre Connection Option Loop only Host 31de Parareters Dri ya 104 Paran ters Diz Array Parameters controller Parameters amp eys Mave OUr sar ctrivL ReTresn Screen Choose Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move the cursor bar to an item then press EN TER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting 6 1 3 Maximum Queued I O Count This function allows you to configure the maximum queued I O count the controller can receive from the host computer E cache Status Clean LA Ei view view LUNs per Host ID amp view Max Number of Concurrent Hest LUN Connection Def view Number of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connectio Peripheral Device Type Parameters y Host cy Linder Head Sector Mapping confi guration
172. ere is actually no limitation on the optimization mode and array capacity 2 2 4 Write back Write through Cache Enable Disable t Step 1 Select from Main Menu Caching View and Edit Config P2rameters Parms Caching Parameters and press ENT Write Back Cache t Step 2 As one of the sub menus in 2224 Caching Parameters this option controls the cached write function Press ENT to pisable Write enable or disable Write back Back Cache 2 Cache t Step 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm The current status will be displayed on the LCD ww IMPORTANT Front Panel Operation 2 5 2 6 2 2 5 TheWritethrough mode is safer if your subsystem is not managed by a controller pair and there is no U PS or battery backup Writeback caching can dramatically improve write performance by caching the unfinished writes in memory and let them be committed to drives latter in a more efficient manner In the event of power failure a battery module can hold cached data for days In the event of controller failure in a dual active configuration data cached in the failed controller has an exact replica on its counterpart controller and therefore remains intact Periodic Cache Flush If for a reason Write Back caching is preferred for better performance and yet data integrity is of the concern eg lack of the battery protection the system can be configured to flush the cached writes at every preset inter
173. eripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Low Voltage Detected 1073939240 5V W hat H appens Low voltage detected from the power supply Power supply may have become unstable W hat to D o Check proper module installation and contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage SES COIO Power Supply O Device N ot Supported W hat H appens Unrecognizable devicetype This event may result from an incorrect configuration with the SES remote device monitoring W hat to D o Check proper module installation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage SAF TE Device 0 ALERT Cooling Fan Not Installed ld x 2 What H appens No cooling fan moduleis installed in the expected module slot What to D o Check proper module installation If an installed module can not be detected contact your RAID supplier M essage SA F TE Device O ALERT Cooling Fan Failure Detected ldx 2 W hat H appens Cooling fan failure detected through SA F TE monitoring device W hat to D o Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Cooling Fan 2 Failure Detected WhatHappens Cooling fan failure detected through an 12C serial bus W hat to D o Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module Event Messages C 25 M essage Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Cooling Fan 2 Note Present What H appens No cooling fan moduleis installed in the expected module slot What to D o Check proper module installation or
174. ery is supporting cache memory 2 10 Viewing and Editing Host LUNs q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Host Luns the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Host Luns then press ENT e CHO ID112 7 step 2 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a host ID then press ENT to proceed CHO IDIIZ LUNG 2 Step3 Use the up or down arrow Mapto LGO PRTO keys to browse through the LUN number and its LUN mapping information ay Delete CHO ID112 1 step4 Press ENT on the LUN you LUN 00 Mapping wish to delete Y steps Press ENT for two seconds to CHO ID112 LUNO confirm deletion The deleted Not Mapped oO Front Panel Operation 2 3 LUN has now been unmapped 2 11 Viewing and Editing Drives Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu PresgPrives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Drives then press ENT 9j Step2 Drive information will be 951o0t 1010MB displayed on the LCD Press GlobalSB WDC the up or down arrow keys to select the spare drive you wish to delete then press ENT t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow pelete Spare keys to select Delete Spar amp prive Drive then press ENT to continue J Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds to delete the sparedrive Drive Successful 2 12 Viewing and Editing Channels 2 12 1 Viewing
175. es in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting IMPORTANT f The Periodic Drive Check Time is enabled by choosing a time value The RAID controller will poll all connected drives through the controller s drive channels at the assigned interval Drive removal will be detected even if a host does not attempt to access data on that specific drive If the Periodic Drive Check Time is set to Disabled the default setting is Disabled the controller will not be able to detect any drive removal that occurs after the controller initialization process The controller will only be able to detect drive removal when host access is directed to the drive side 8 3 8 1 3 Auto Assign Global Spare Drive Cache Status Clean 4 Hain Menu gt Quick imstallat ion i 25 i Drive Notor Spin Up Disabled 1 Disk Access Delag lime ch SONOS i Drive I O Timeout SecatDefaull uec Maximum Tag Curt Ih Periodic Drive Check Tine second Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time 15 secoms L Drive Predictable Failure Hodei SAART Disabled Hubko ASssigqn Global Spare Drive Disabled H EAD Enable Aute Assign Global Spare 7 Disk Redi Yes po Loon i Keys Move Cursor Enter Select BC Exit CtrlsL Refresh Screen The Auto Assign function automatically assigns any new drives that are not included in logical configurations as Global Spares The Fault Scenario Spare drives
176. ese models f Multiple target IDs can be applied to host channels while every drive channd has only oneor two IDs two IDs in a dual active controller configuration Data Rate This option is available in the configuration menu of Fibre host channel and the drive channel configuration menus of Fibre SAS or SATA based subsystems Default is AUTO and should work fine with m setdisk drives Changing this setting is not recommended unless some particular bus signal issues occur The host channel data rate setting allows a 4Gbit Fibre Channel to negotiate with devices communicating over 2 or 1GHz link if the link speed configuration is determined externally Most SAS SATA based systems connect only one drive per SA S SATA channel 4 for multi lane with SATA II This helps to avoid a single drive failure from affecting other drives The RAID Inc maximum mechanical performance of today s drives can reach around 60M B second sustained read This is still far below the bandwidth of a drive channel bus Setting the SAS SATA bus speed to a lower value can g amp around some problems but will not become a bottl eneck to system performance N ote that the SAS SATA speed is the maximum transfer rate of the SAS SATA bus in that mode It does not mean the drive can actually carry out that amount of sustained r d write performance a For the performance of each drive model please refer to the documentation provided by drive
177. esh Screen Prow Keys Move Cursor Change made to this setting will NOT take effect until the controller is RESET Prior to resetting the controller operation may not proceed normally Do you want to reset the controller now Yes xm m J Step 2 Enter the View and Edit IDs sub menu by pressing ENTER e 7 Step 3 Press ENTER on an existing ID u Step 4 Select Add Channel SCSI ID Press ENTER to confirm Step 5 Select either Slot A or Slot B controller to create IDs that will be managed by a designated RAID controller t q Step 6 A pull down list will display all available IDs Use your arrow keys to select an ID and press EN TER to confirm The configuration change will only take effect after a system reboot 12 5 2 Logical Drive Assignment Dual active RAID Controllers A logical drive can be assigned to the Slot A or Slot B controller 12 22 RAID Inc Step 1 Access View and Edit Logical Drives from the Main Menu Create a logical drive by selecting members and then a selection box will appear on the screen Cache Status Clean 5 NONE NONE f NONE Entar Select Esc Exit For the first logical drive on the RAID subsystem simply choose the first logical drive entry LG 0 and press ENTER to proceed You may create as many as 32 logical drives or more using drives in a RAID subsystem or in a cascaded enclosure Create Logical Drive
178. et ALERT Negotiation Error Detected WhatHappens Negotiation errors occurred with the communications with a disk drive CHL ID The event could also occur with drive target data bus syng wide negotiation abnormality W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Negotiation Error Detected WhatHappens Negotiation errors occurred with the communications over a drive channel CHL The event could also occur with drive target data bus syng wide negotiation abnormality W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received What H appens Invalid status sense data received on the RCC channel CHL W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received 10B WhatHappens Invalid status sense data received by a disk drive CHL ID W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received What H appens Invalid status sense data received on the drive channel CHL What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier
179. eters tahlo Paranelels Mo t Verification cn writes Max Drive Response Timeout Disatle P i t Step 1 M ove the cursor bar to the desired item then press ENTER z Mala Menu Quick installation view anc edit Legical drives visv anc adit lcgical Voluze z viy anc agit H zt luns view and adit Drives t edit chanre 5 ccmmun cation Paerareters acazinj Paerareterz Ihe st ication an LD Initialization Write Initizlize Break Le t Step 2 Choose Yes in the confirm box to enable or disable the function Follow the same procedure to enable or disable each method NP IMPORTANT The verification on Normal Drive Writes method will affect the write performance of your RAID system 8 12 RAID Inc Chapter 9 Array Expansion The array expansion functions allow you to expand storage capacity without the cost of buying new equipment Expansion can be completed on line while the system is serving host I Os 9 1 Overview Whatis RAID Expansion and how doesit work Before the invention of RAID Expansion increasing the capacity of a RAID system meant backing up all data in the disk array re creating the disk array configuration with new drives and then restoring data back into system RAID Inc s RAID Expansion technology allows users to expand a logical drive by adding new drives or replacing drive members with drives of larger capacity
180. ew and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives view and edit Scsi channels view and edit Configuration parameters view snd edit Perioheral devices Trigger Thresholds for 3 3r Events Trigger Thresholds for 5V Events Trig ger Thresholds for EN Events EL V a 7 nter Select Select an item such as Trigger Thresholds for CPU Temperature Events Press ENTER and a list of selections will appear You can change the upper or lower threshold values by keying a number Press EN TER to confirm 7 6 RAID Inc ache Status Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives view anig egi Scsi channels view and edit pp Sait Temperature Range from o0 to 100 y View Disable Trigger Event disable vi Ret Iris Default Trigger Event default is Trig Input Temperature Trigger Threshold 90_ Lor cj P D i Arrow TE Move Cursor nter Select Step 6 A configuration window will prompt Enter any value within the safety range Values exceeding the safety range will be rejected by controller firmware lrigger Temperature Threshold Out of Range Follow the same method to modify other threshold parameters 7 2 UPS Support UPS status monitoring is available from firmware release 3 34 onward This feature enables the RAID subsystem to observe and resp
181. fault is 256M B 25 6MB T 2 4 7 Logical Drive Assignment Dual Active Controllers If you have two controllers you may choose to assign this logical drive to the secondary controller The assignment can take place during or after the initial configuration t Step 8 3 1 If the redundant Logical Drive controller function has Assignments been enabled and the secondary controller IDs have been assigned tO peg ctir Assign I O channels the to Sec Ctir assigament menus should appear as listed on the right t Step 8 3 2 If you want to assign this logical drive to the 2 10 RAID Inc Secondary controller pres ENT once to display the question mark Press again for two seconds to confirm the change 2 4 8 Write Policy This menu allows you to set the caching mode policy for this specific logical drive write Policy Default is a neutral value that is Default coordinated with the subsystem s caching mode setting Other choices are Write Write Policy back and Write through m 7 Step 8 4 1 Press ENT once to change the status digits into a question mark 9j Step 8 4 2 Use the arrow keys to select Default Write back or Write through Q Step 8 4 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change IMPORTANT f The Writeback and W rite through parameters are permanent for specific logical drives The Default selection however is more complicated and more
182. from and into storage in sequential orders The size of each I O can be 128K 256K 512K IMB or more The efficiency of these applications is measured in M B sec When an array works with applications such as video or image oriented applications the application reads writes from the drive as large block sequential threads instead of small and randomly accessed files The RAID subsystem firmware provides optimization modes that utilize the read ahead buffer and other Read Write characteristics tuned to obtain the best performance for these two major application categories Although there are various applications and each requires different performance features the two optimization modes should be sufficient for most application demands Front Panel Operation 2 3 2 2 2 Optimization Mode and Stripe Size Each controller optimization mode has preset values for the stripe size of arrays created in different RAID levels If you want a different setting for a subsystem with configured arrays you have to backup or movethe stored data and re create the arrays t Step 1 Stop host I O access t Step 2 Move or backup all of your stored data in the subsystem t Step 3 Change the optimization mode t Step 4 Reset the subsystem t Step 5 Recreate the array s Once the array s are created stripe size cannot be changed Listed below are the default stripe sizes implemented with different optimization modes and RAID le
183. fter the download process is compleed user should find a chanceto reset the controller for the new firmwareto take effect oystem Functions Upgrading Firmware B 1 B 1 2 Note for Redundant Controller Firmware Upgrade A controller used to replace a failed unit in a dual controller system is often running a newer release of firmware version To solve the contention make sure the firmware on a replacement controller is downgraded to that running on the surviving controller t IMPORTANT e Allow the downloading process to finish Do not rese or turn off the computer or the controller while it is downloading the file Doing so may result in an unrecoverable error that requires the service of the manufacturer e When upgrading the firmware check the boot record version that comes with it If the boot record version is different from the one installed on the surviving controller previously the new boot record binary must beinstalled e NOTE e TheCOM 2 serial port cannot be used to download firmware B 2 Upgrading Firmware Using RAIDWatch Manager B 2 1 Establish the In band SCSI connection in RAIDWatch Manager Please refer to RAIDWatch User s M anual for details on establishing the management sessi on for RAIDW atch M anager B 2 RAID Inc B 2 2 Upgrade Both Boot Hecord and Firmware Binaries UA 120 Fu rems Li Doaniasd Pepes nat Socrmecont eer CEO Osama dll tee Mtr aar Coni oiii soja peer un
184. g performance This item should only be changed when you can be sure of the performance gains it might bring you Listed below are the default values for an array For each logical drive the default value for the stripe size is determined by the Optimization M ode and the RAID level applied Table 2 2 RAID Level Optimization Modes and Stripe Size Opt for Sequential I O Opt for Random I O Q Step 8 6 1 Press ENT once to change sc ripe size the status digits into 12a8kp question mark 7 Step 8 6 2 Use the arrow keys to select a desired stripe size 7 Step 8 6 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change RAID Inc 2 4 11 Beginning Initialization t Step 9 Press ESC to return to the Create Logical previous menu Use the up of Drive E down arrow keys to select Create Logical Drive 7 Step 10 press ENT for two seconds to start initializing the logical drive Front Panel Operation 2 13 2 14 2 5 The Online Mode If the online initialization method is applied the array will be available for use immediately The array initialization runs in the background and the array is immediately ready for I Os Engineers can continue configuring the RAID subsystem The Offline Mode The RAID controller will immediately start to initialize the array parity if the offline mode is applied Note that if NRAID or RAIDO is selected initialization time is short and completes almos
185. g host l Os to a valid link 4 Host IDs managed by a failed controller are automatically passed down a surviving RAID controller for instance Controller A IDs passed down to Controller B in the event of controller failure 5 When using FC switches the subsystem s onboard hub functionality should be disabled Redundant Controller 12 7 4 SAN with FC Switches FW3 48 Mapping Method Server HBA Q LD to Host ID Logical Association Switch 0 a Switch 1 CHO AID 102 LDO CHO BID 103 3 CH1 AID 103 nr CH1 BID4M02 LD Logical Drive AID ID Managed by Controller A BID ID Managed by Controller B Configuration Tasks channel 0 for redundant path access Map LD1to an AID on l 103 N A LD1 channel 1 Map LDOto an AID on channel 0 Map LDOto a BID on LDO 12 8 RAID Inc Map LD1to a BID on channel 1 for redundant path access This configuration applies to a redundant controller subsystem which is attached to a host computer with intermediate FC switch devices The new mapping method requires firmware revision 3 48 or later Redundant Controller Fault Tolerance is achieved through the following 1 The new mapping method allows a logical drive to be associated with IDs assigned to different RAID controllers Associated with both Controller A and Controller B IDs firmware can dynamically re arrange I O load on different I O paths when a specific I O pat
186. g progress will GO RAIDS DRV 3 be displayed in percentage 012MB RB SB 0 on the LCD When rebuild is already started or the logical drive is being rebuilt by Local Global Enclosure Spare Drive choose Rebuild Progress to see the rebuild progress IMPORTANT f TheRebuild function will appear only if a logical drive with RAID level 1 3 5 or 6 has a failed member Rebuild Logical Drive Rebuilding Z5 Please Wait a i Rebuild Progress f Carefully verify the physical location of a failed drive before replacement takes place Removing the wrong drive may cause a logical driveto fatally fail and data loss is unrecoverable Regenerating Logical Drive Parity If no verifying method is applied to data writes this function can be manually performed to ensure that parity errors can be mended t Step 1 From the Main Menu press View and Edit the up or down arrow keys toj Logical Drives select View and Edit Logical Drives d LGO RAID5 DRV 3 f4 Step2 If you have more than ond 4095MB GD SB 0 logical drive use the up o down arrow keys to select the logical drive you would like to check the parity for and then press ENT Regenerate Paraty t Step 3 Before the execution command appears there are 2 28 RAID Inc two option screens that allow you to control the parity check operation Overwrite when Events On when Inconsistency Inconsistency The Overwrite option determines w
187. g sequential I Os and large block sizes e g Video Editing The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be automatically set to 160ms Multiple Steams for applications featuring smaller Os and more outstanding l Os eg Media Broadcasting The Maximum Drive Response Timeout will be automatically set to 960ms E NOTE The Maximum Drive Response Timeout set here with the AV O ptimization mode will over rule any value s amp in the Drive Response Timeout specified in section 11 1 Optimization for Streaming 13 3 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter 12 Redundant Controller Sample topologies using redundant controllers can be found in the following discussions or in the Installation and Hardware Reference Manual that came with your RAID subsystems The proceeding discussions will focus on the working theories and the configuration procedures for readying a redundant controller system Today s high speed I O interfaces pose increasing demands on signal quality Depending on the enclosure design signal paths for communications should have been strung between controllers over a common backplane Your RAID subsystems such as RAID Inc s Falcon III Magellan X4 series come with preset IDs and channel mode settings and require no further configurations This chapter covers the following topics Sample Topologies f 12 2 Requirements and Configuration Samples Preparing Controllers
188. g the connection B 3 2 Upgrading Both Boot Record and Firmware Binaries Men Cache Status Clea lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives View and edit Host luns view and edit scsi Drives View and edit csi channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit o devices u vl Mute he change Download Boot Record with Firmware 7 Heset c Shutdow EEEN Ho Download Boot Record with Firmware D Advanced Maintanence Functions Figure B 3 Upgrading Boot Record and Firmware Binaries Using Hyper Terminal Screen 1 From the Main Menu scroll down to System Functions 2 Goto Controller Maintenance 3 Choose Advanced Maintenance 4 Select Download Boot Record and Firmware 5 Set ZMODEM as the file transfer protocol of your terminal emulation software System Functions Upgrading Firmware B 5 6 Send the Boot Record Binary to the controller In HyperTerminal go to the Transfer menu and choose Send file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose U pload or Send depending on the software 7 After the Boot Record has been downloaded send the Firmware Binary to the controller In HyperTerminal go to the Transfer menu and choose Send file If you are not using Hyper Terminal choose Upload or Send depending on the software 8 When the Firmware completes downloading the controller will automatically reset itself For a newer version of firmware you need to
189. ged by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Unit Attention Received 10B W hat H appens Drive side target unit attention received on a disk drive CHL _ ID What to Do Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Unit Attention Received 10B W hat H appens Drive sidetarget unit attention received on a disk drive CHL ID W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Check disk drive connection and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Unit Attention Received 10B W hat H appens Drive sidetarget unit attention received on a drive channel CHL ID W hat to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Check proper installation and contact your RAID system Event Messages C 19 supplier M essage CHL ID DriveALERT Aborted Command 00B What H appens Aborted command reported from a disk drive CHL ID What to D o Rare occurrence of these errors can be managed by firmware Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID DriveALERT Unexpected Sense Received 00B What Happens Drive side target unexpected sense received on adisk drive CHL ID What to D o Check drive side cabling installation working conditions This may result from bad signal quality or poor connection Contact your RAID system suppli
190. h is congested with heavy load This works with TPGS methodology which obtains I O load statistics from RAID Inc s multipathing drivers running on the host side 2 Logical drives are separately associated with a Controller A ID and a Controller B ID on the same host channel 3 In the event of a cabling or single controller failure a surviving controller or a controller holding a valid data link can access the array through an alternate ID or the host IDs inherited from a failed controller 4 Through the intermediate FC switches or an FC switch with segregated zoning cable controller failure can be managed by re routing host l Os to a valid link 5 Host IDs managed by a failed controller are automatically passed down to a surviving RAID controller for instance Controller A IDs passed down to Controller B in the event of controller failure Shown above is a configuration using FC switches to facilitate the connections with multiple SAN servers For the reason with the diagram s simplicity only one server is displayed here The onboard hub saves you the expenses on FC switches in DAS applications However with more complex configurations using FC switches the subsystem s onboard hub functionality should be disabled 12 9 5 Multipathing with Clustered Servers FW3 48 Mapping Method Clustered Servers an ber Link Server 1 HBA 1 Server 0 a J HEA i HEA h LD to Host ID Logical Association ss
191. he progress of cloning press ESC to clear the notification message and see the status bar The source drive s status will be defined as a used drive and will be immediately replaced and pulled offline This drive should be replaced with a new one as soon as possi ble RAID Inc Chapter ll Implementations for AV Applications This chapter introduces some new firmware functions for AV applications More options will be available for AV applications with future firmware releases All exemplary screens are captured from a hyper terminal management console 11 1 Maximum Drive Response Time In situations such as drive failure or the occurrence of media error a read or write action returned after several hundreds milliseconds would prove too long and cause choppy audio or dropped video frames The maximum response time option as displayed below provides a timeout value for processing read write requests If timeout is reported on a specific member of an array the subsystem immediately retrieves data from the parity data and other members of the array In this way causes of delay can be eliminated Implementations for AV Applications 11 1 Med Sep 7 16 33 23 2005 Cache Status Clean RO 42 A2 12 lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives and edit channelS Rebuild Priority Normal Verifica
192. hen you will be able to use the arrow keys to display more options t Step 2 The first screen will demand 99 Media Scan Task Schedule you to create a new Tas Schedule Press ENT for two seconds to confirm Executed on Controller Initialization t Step 3 Use your arrow keys and the ENT key if you want the Media Scan to be executed whenever the subsystem i rebooted Exec on Ctlr Init NO Start D ate t Step4 Setting a start date helps you create hands free scan start Date schedules Use the arrow keys NOT SET to select and ente the numeric representatives in the MMDDhhmmYYYY following order month day hour minute and the year V IMPORTANT Before a task schedule can take effect make sure you configure appropriate time zone date and time for the onboard Real Time Clock Front Panel Operation 2 31 2 32 Execution Period t Step 5 This option specifies the timg Execution Period interval between two Scan Execution Once instances in a Series of repeated scans The configurable values range from Execution Once 1 second to two weeks Execution M ode t Step 6 This option allows anrsecution Mode administrator to selet dconcurrence concurrent or sequential operation mode if multiple task schedules co exist on multiple RAID volumes If Media Scan operates concurrently on multiple RAID volumes I O responsiveness can be affected M edia Scan Priority t Step 7 Thi
193. hether the inconsistent data blocks should be automatically recovered or only marked as bad The Events On option determines whether to issue an event message if inconsistencies should be discovered 7 Step 4 Press the up or down arro keys to select Execute sro neck Check and then press ENT t Step 5 To stop the regeneration Abort Regenerate process press ESC and enter Parity D the submenu to select Abort Regenerate Parity w IMPORTANT If the Parity Regenerating process is stopped by a drive failure the rocess cannot restart until thelogical driveis rebuilt 2 9 6 Media Scan M edia Scan is used to examine drives and detect the presence of bad blocks If any data blocks have not been properly committed data from those blocks are automatically recalculated retrieved rewritten or stored onto undamaged sectors If bad blocks are encountered on yet another drive during the rebuild process the block LBA Logical Block A ddress of those bad blocks will be listed If rebuild is carried out in this situation rebuild will continue with the unaffected sectors sal vaging a majority of the stored data t Step 1 From the Main Menu presd ang Edit the up or down arrow keys eg select View and Edit Logical Drives Front Panel Operation 2 29 2 30 t Step2 The firt logical drive rco RAID5 DRV 3 displays If you have mora 4095MB GD SB 0 than one logical drive use the up or down keys to selec
194. ical Drive Figure 4 43 Delete Partition Page t Step 1 Choose the logical drive which has a partition you wish to delete then press ENTER t Step 2 Choose Partition logical drive Partitions of the logical drive will be displayed in tabulated form Q Step3 Move the cursor bar to the partition you wish to delete then press ENTER Enter 0 on the partition size to delete the partition Terminal Operation 4 35 Logical Drive Logical Drive 1000MB 1000MB A Partition 0 300MB ll 100 200 Delete Partition 1 Partition 1 300MB The capacity of the deleted partition will be added to the previous partition Partition 2 400MB Figure 4 4 Drive Space Allocated to the Previous Partition As illustrated above the capacity of the deleted partition will be added to the previous partition WARNING Whenever a partition is changed it is necessary to reconfigure all host LUN mappings All data kept in the partition and the host LUN mappings will be removed with any partition change 4 11 3 Assigning a Name to a Logical Drive Naming can help identify different arrays in a multi array configuration This function is also useful in special situ ations For example when one or more logical drives have been deleted the array indexing is changed after system reboot The second logical drive might become the first on the list Status i z s o c amp w vss wee Size o al MB
195. ice NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To Non Critical LVs Peripheral S amp 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 is Present Peripheral Set 1 Device NOTICE Temperature 1 Back To N on Critical LVs Q C SES COIO Temp Sensor 1 Temperature Back To N on Critical LVs SAF TE Device 1 NOTICE Power Supply Back On Line ldx 4 Power Supply 0 Back Online Peripheral S amp 2 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V is Present RAID Inc Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE PSUO 12V Back On Line 5 0V SES COIO Power Supply 2 Power Supply Back On Line U PS Connection Detected UPSAC Power Restored UPS Battery Restored To SafeL evel 0 SAF TE Device 2 NOTICE UPS Power Back On Line Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE UPS 2 AC Power Back On Line Peripheral Set 2 Device NOTICE UPS 2 Battery Back On Line SES COIO UPS 2 UPS Power Back On Line C 4 Controller Events C 4 1 Critical ALERT 43 3V Low Voltage Detected 205 9V ALERT Controller FAN O0 Low Speed Detected O RPM Controller NOTICE Redundant Controller Firmware Updated Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected Controller SDRAM ECC Multi bits Error Detected Controller SDRAM ECC Single bit Error Detected Controller SDRAM Parity Error Detected Controller PCI Bus Parity Error Detected Controller ALERT Power Supply Unstable or N VRAM Failed BBU Absent or Failed Correct It and Reset Ctlr to Take Effect Controller BBU Absent or Failed Controller BBU F
196. ictable Failure Detected TEST CHL 0 ALERT Fibre Channel Loop Failure Detected CHL 0 ALERT Redundant Loop for Chl 0 Failure Detected CHL 0 ALERT Redundant Path for Chl 01D 0 Expected but N ot Found CHL 01D 0 ALERT Redundant Path for Chl 0 ID O Failure Detected C 2 3 Notification CHL 01D 132 NOTICE M edia Error Recovered OxD 8001C 7C CHL 01D 132 NOTICE M edia Error Recovered OxD 8001C 7C CHL ONOTICE Fibre Channel Loop Connection Restored CHL 01D 255 NOTICE Redundant Path for Chl 0 Restored CHL 0 NOTICE Redundant Path for Chl 01D 0 Restored CHL 01D 0 NOTICE Redundant Path for Chl 0 ID O Restored CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTICE Drive Recovered Error Reported CHL 0 LIP FF B Detected CHL 0 Host Channel Notification Bus Reset Issued CHL 0 Host Channel ALERT Bus Reset Issued CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTICE Scan Drive Successful CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTIFY Block Successfully Reassigned 0 10B CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTIFY Block Successfully Reassigned 0x0 Event Messages C 3 General Target Events C 6 C 3 1 Critical SAF TE Device 0 A LERT Power Supply Failure Detected Idx 132 Peripheral Set 0 DeviceALERT Power Supply 0 Failure Detected Peripheral Set O Device ALERT Power Supply ON ot Present Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Low Voltage Detected 1073939240 5V SES CO10 Power Supply 0 Device Not Supported SAF TE Device O ALERT Cooling Fan Not Installed ldx 2 SAF TE Device O ALERT Cooling Fan Failure Detected Idx 2 Peripheral Set 0 Device AL
197. iew amd edit Logical drives View amd edit logical Volumes uicu amd cdit Prst luns view amd edit Driues View amd edit channels TP Lontroller Mame Hot Set s c LCD Title Display Controller Lago uf C Password Validation Timeout Always Check Lontroller Unique Lidentitlerthex 144 RL Controller Unique Identifiert hex 131 DITS REPETI A Controller Unique Identifier is required for operation with the Redundant Controller Configuration All Falcon lll Magellan X4 subsystems come with a preset identifier The unique identifier will be used to generate a Fibre Channel node name WWNN The node name is device unique and comprised of information such as the IEEE company ID and this user configurable identifier in the last two bytes In redundant mode the controller configuration data is continuously synchronized between controllers Host ports on both controllers appear with the identical node names and each with a different port name WWPN When a controller fails and a replacement is combined the node name will be passed down to the replacement making the host unaware of controller replacement so that the controller failback process can comple amp e in a host transparent manner All Falcon Ill Magellan X4 subsystems come with a default identifier This identifier guarantees your FC ports port names and node names are unique over a Fibre Channd nework Making changes to thedefault value is only necessar
198. ilable you can associate logical arrays with them so that the workload can be shared between partner RAID controllers Q Step 1 Press ENTER on one of the existing IDs Choose Add Channel SCSI ID then choose to designate an ID as either the Primary Controller ID or Secondary Controller ID Step2 A list of channel IDs will appear Choose an ID from the pull down list In a redundant controller configuration logical drives associated with a Primary ID will be managed by the Primary controller and a logical drive associated with a Secondary ID managed by the Secondary controller Fibre Operation 5 3 5 1 3 Deleting an ID 4 340 005 Cache Status Clean WT HAT BAD GHE Seria u Delete Channel ES A g 1 GHz Serial u e rr it T Ghz Serial Yes No Hs Serial Hn Me a HA SATA T HOHA Sn pn HP nn 3 GHZ SATA 3 UGHZ SATA nrrow Ke US Move Cursor Enter Select Pec Exit Uie E f Step 1 Choose the host bus ID you wish to delete Choose Delete Channel ID 4 Step2 The dialog box Delete ID will appear Select Yes then press EN TER to confirm IMPORTANT f Every time you add ddete a channel ID you must reset the subsystem controller for the changes to take effect f Multiple target IDs can co exist on a host channe while every drive channels in a dual controller subsystem
199. ild Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Aborted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Initialization Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Expansion Failed ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Failed LG 0 ALERT CHL 01D 132 M edia Scan Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone Failed LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT CHL 01D 132 Clone A borted LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table FULL LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table BAD LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive On Line Init Table BAD LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block M arked 000000084 LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT UN PROTECTED Block Marked 000000084 LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Encountered 000000084 LG 0 ALERT Inconsistent Parity Encountered Block 20000000B C 1 2 Notification LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Rebuild Operation Starting Rebuild
200. ile You may check your Product Utility CD or contact technical support for the latest update 2 1 Power On the RAID Enclosure Before you start to configure a RAID system make sure that hardware installation is completed before any configuration takes place Power on your RAID subsystem NOTE f f your Falcon III M agdlan X4 RAID subsystem comes with dual redundant RAID controller modules your subsystem s LCD panad can provide access to the operating status screen of the Secondary controller However in the dual redundant configuration only the Primary controller responds to user s configuration WS f Each controller s operating mode is indicated by the flashing digit on the upper right of the LCD screen as A or B If theLCD displays B that means the LCD screen is currently displaying Slot B controller messages Press both the U p and D own arrow keys for one second to switch around the access to different controllers Front Panel Operation 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 Caching Parameters Optimization Modes M ass storage applications can be divided into two major categories according to its read write characteristics transaction oriented and bandwidth oriented To optimize a subsystem for these two categories two embedded optimization modes are available with system behaviors adjusted to different read write parameters They are the Optimization for Random I O and the Optimization for Sequential I O Limitations
201. inished with View Read Write configuration select eS EPOSESSS qe Execute Drive Testing and press ENT to proceed Drv Testing 23 Please Wait Q Step 6 The Read Write test progress will be indicated as a percentage P g List Current t Step7 You may press ESC and Bad Block Table select Read Write Test later and press the up or Abort Read Write down arrow keys to select to Testing View Read Write Testing Progress or to List Current Bad Block Table If you want to stop testing the drive select Abort Drive 2 46 RAID Inc Testing and press ENT to proceed Front Panel Operation 2 47 This page is intentionally left blank 2 48 Front Panel Operation Chapter 3 3 1 Terminal Screen Messages The Initial Screen Date amp Time subsystem Name Cache Status BBU Charge Thu dul 14 15 10 58 Sew Cache Status ks Barty HH Yy el Uig Edclh E Transfer Rate Indicator Gauge Range On going Frocessing Teraina1 BTTHE Ade P Graphict AHS Color Hude Show Transfer Rate 5haw Cache t katuz teys Howe Corserit amp Rale Range iEnleri Naln Henui Cle Ltli Refresh Sereen Figure 3 1 The RC 232C Terminal Initial Screen Terminal Screen Messages 7 1 Cursor Bar Subsystem N ame Transfer Rate Indicator G auge Range Cache Status Write Policy D ate amp Time PC Graphic ANSI M ode Terminal VT 100 M ode PC Graphic ANSI Color M ode Show Tr
202. initialization can take a long time especially for those comprised of large capacity Setting to Online means the array is immediately accessible and that the controller will comple amp e the Initialization when I O demands become less intensive Q Step 7 1 1 Press ENT once to change the status digits into a question mark 7 Step 7 1 2 Use the arrow keys to select either the Online or the Off line mode t Step 7 1 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change 2 5 2 Write Policy This menu allows you to se the caching mode policy for this specific logical volume Default is a neutral value that is coordinated with the controllers caching mode setting Other choices are Write back and Write through Front Panel Operation LGO RAIDS DRV 3 2021MB GD SB 0 Initialization Mode Online Write Policy Default Initialization Mode Online 2 15 2 16 t Step 7 2 1 Press ENT once to change the status digits into a question mark t Step 7 2 2 Use the arrow keys to select Default Write back or Write through t Step 7 2 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change w IMPORTANT f The Write back and W rite through parameters are permanent for specific logical drives The Default selection however is more complicated and morelikdy equal to not specified If se to D efault a logical drive s write policy is con
203. ites during flush operation to minimize the number RAID Inc A 4 RAID Expansion On line RAID expansion Supported Capacity brought by array expansion is immediately ready for Host I Os when its status changes from EXPAND to INITIALIZING Initialization task is then completed in the background except when the logical array is stated as INCOMPLETE or BAD e g has a failed member right after creation Mode 1 RAID expansion Supported Multiple drives can be added add drive concurrently Though not recommended Add Drive can even be performed in the degraded mode Mode 2 RAID expansion Supported Replace members with drives of copy and replace drives larger capacity Expand capacity with no Supported in Mode 2 RAID expansion extra drive bays required which provides Copy and Replace Drive function to replace drives with drives of greater capacity Protect your investment for there is NO need for hardware upgrade e g adding a new enclosure for the extra drives Operating system support No No operating system driver required for RAID expansion No software needs to be installed for this purpose A 5 S M A R T Support Copy amp replace drive Supported User can choose to clone a member Copy t piece arive cre showing symptoms of defects before fas support implementations User selectable modes 1 Detect only for S M A R T 2 Perpetual Clone using a hot spare to clone th
204. ive Contact your RAID system supplier M essage SMART Slot Predictable Failure Detected Starti ng Clone What H appens One or more hard Drive s reports SMART detected defects Starts using a pre defined spare drive to clone the member drive suspected of inherent errors This happens when SMART detection is enabled with the Copy amp Replace or Perpetual Clone reaction schemes What to D o Press ESC to clear the message After the cloning process you may consider replacing the defective drive with a good one and configure it as a sparedrive in case drivefailure might happen in the future M essage SMART Slot Predictable Failure Detected TEST What H appens This results from a manually executed test command This ensures your disk drive supports SMART detection and report functionality What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ALERT Fibre Channel Loop Failure Detected What H appens Fibre Channel loop integrity alert Lack of bypass or nodes on a loop caused a Fibre loop to fail What to D o Check host or drive side connection Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ALERT Redundant Loop for CHL Failure Detected What H appens One of the dual loop members may have failed or been disconnected Make sure all channels are properly connected and topological configurations properly set What to D o Check cabling and system installation Contact your supplier if no connection errors could befound
205. ive NOTICE CHL 0ID 132 Clone Completed What Happens Cloning is compl amp ed with a specific member of Logical Drive O whether it is replaced Copy and Replace or doned Perpetual Clone to a spare drive W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block Recovered 000000084 WhatHappens Host writes fall onto the data blocks previously marked bad and overwrite the drive sectors What to D o Press ESC to clear the message C 16 RAID Inc C 6 Channel and Individual Drive Events C 6 1 Critical M essage CHL 01D 132 Target ALERT Media Error Unrecoverable OxD8001C 7C W hat H appens Drive surface media errors found and after rewritethe drive sectors are determined as physically damaged and unusable W hat to D o Data will be reassigned to other drive sectors Host writes should continue without probl ems M essage CHL 0 Fatal Error 0 What H appens Channel 0 has fatally failed W hat to D o Contact your system vendor for help C 6 2 Warning M essage CHL 11D 0 Target ALERT Unexpected Select Timeout WhatHappens Drive target select timeout The specified hard drive cannot be selected by the RAID controller subsystem Whether the drive has been removed or the cabling termination canister is out of order What to Do This could occur if a disk driveis not properly installed or accidentally removed or when cable links become unreliable Check cabling and driveinstallati
206. ives then press ENT View Drives Press the up or down arrow keys to scroll through the list Slot 1010MB of member drives LOSU ee Deleting a Logical Drive WARNING D eleting alogical drive erases all data stored in it t Step 1 7 Step 2 7 Step 3 7 Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds eere enter the Main Menu Presg Logical Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT Press the up or down arrOW c6 RAID5 prv 3 keys to select a logical drive 2012MB GD SB 1 then press ENT Use the up or down arro keys to select Delete Logical Drive then press ENT Delete Logical Drive Press ENT for two seconds to delete The selected logical i RN driveis now deleted O efine Deleting a Partition of a Logical Drive t Step 1 t Step 2 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Logical Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT LGO RAIDS DRV 3 Press the up or down arrow ns 5p CD cp keys to select a logical drive then press ENT Partition t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow Logical Drive Front Panel Operation keys to choose Partition 2 2 C1 Logical Drive then press ENT t Step 4 The first partitions un Em information will be shown quu MB the LCD Press the up o down arrow keys to browse through the existing partitions in
207. ives which come with embedded buffers When enabled write performance may improve However this option should be disabled for mission critical applications In the event of power outage or drive failures data cached in drive buffers may belost and data inconsistency will occur Following arethe defaults for different storage configurati ons f Ondual controller models the default is Disabled f Onsingle controller models the default is Enabled Host Side and Drive Side Parameters 6 13 6 14 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter Enclosure Management This chapter discusses the configuration options related to enclosure monitoring Each function is given a brief explanation as well as a configuration sample Terminal screens will be used in the configuration samples Some of the operations require basic knowledge of RAID technology and are only recommended for an experienced user NOTE All figures in this chapter are showing examples from a hyper terminal console 7 1 Enclosure Monitoring 7 1 1 Enclosure Devices 7 1 1 1 Event Triggered Operations Claan Fri Jan aCe EZGHTEXTTTE Main Men gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host Tuns view and edit scsi Drives Wiew an Event Trigger operations view an or Falled Disab lec UPS AC Power Loss Enabled Power Supply Fai
208. l FAAR Contrast err ontroller Periphera evice Configuration The aE LCD contrast is set at the factory to a level that should be generally acceptable If changes are required the controller is equipped with an LCD contrast adjustment circuit Terminal Operation 4 51 allowing the contrast to be adjusted either via the RS 232 Terminal Emulation Menus or by the LCD User Interface 4 15 Controller Parameters 4 15 1 Controller Name RAT 4444 Main beriu gt i Quick installation View ahd edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes View and edit Host luns view and echt Drives View and edit channels iguratiomn parameters Y Cas amp Communication Parameters v Caching Parameters v Host side Parameters Drive s3de Parameters M SasEC IRL El t set Disk Array Parameters LCD Tithe Display Controller Logo WITRIZDHBEDEEPTETITCIEES S Password Validation Timeout Always Check nAi controller Unique Identifier Hax Bl34 Soham ECC Enabled Set controller Date and Time oose View and Edit Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then press ENTER The current name displays Press ENTER Enter a name in the dialog box that prompts then press ENTER The controller name represents a RAID subsystem in a topology that consists of numerous RAID subsystems 4 15 2 LCD Title Display Controller Name lt Hain nen gt quick mnsrallarian vies and edit Logic
209. l drive that you want to regenerate the parity for and then press ENTER t Step 2 Choose Regenerate Parity then press ENTER When prompted to Regenerate Parity select Yes Please refer to Chapter 8 Data Integrity for more information on parity regeneration 4 11 9 Media Scan Media Scan examines drives and detects the presence of bad blocks I f any data blocks have not been properly committed and these faulty blocks are found during the scanning process data from those blocks are automatically recalculated retrieved and stored onto undamaged sectors If bad blocks are encountered on yetanother drive during the rebuild process the block LBA Logical Block Address of those bad blocks will be shown If rebuild is carried out under this situation rebuild will continue with a 1 ed IATA ih Jun 16 18 31 36 2005 salvaeine the maiori od Cache Status Clean BAT Arrow Keys Move Cursor tEnter Select Exi iCtrl L Refresh Screen There are two options with performing the Media Scan Media Scan Priority determines how much of the system resources will be used for the drive scanning and recalculating process Iteration Count determines how many times the scan is performed If set to continuous the scan will run in the background until it is stopped by a user Set Media Scan Iteration Count to Continuous Scan 7 es No Terminal Operation 4 39 The subsystem firmware can automa
210. lable On board controller Supported Monitors the 3 3V 5V and 12V Firmware Functionality Specifications AAT voltage monitors voltage status Event triggered thresholds user configurable On board controller Supported Monitors the CPU and board temperature sensors temperature status Event trigger threshold user configurable Enclosure redundant Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS power supply status monitoring monitoring Enclosure UPS status Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS monte Pure ET Enclosure temperature Supported SAF TE S E S ISEMS monitoring A 10 User Interface RAIDWatch on board Out of band configuration and monitoring via Ethernet Browser accessible configuration options by installing RAIDWatch to reserved space on drive via ftp FW 3 48 and later revisions support a browser invoked http based RAIDWatch GUI that requires no installation efforts RS 232C terminal Supports terminal modes ANSI VT 100 ANSI Color Provides menu driven user friendly text based interface Graphical user interface Provides user friendly graphical interface Java based GUI Communicates with RAID controller via Out manager of band Ethernet In band SCSI In band Fibre or SNMP traps External interface API for Supported customized host based management LCD front panel Provides easy access for user instinct Hop romtpanel epson o SS or osorno events occur A 12 RAID Inc A 11 High Availability
211. lear the message Event Messages C 35 This page is intentionally left blank C 36 RAID Inc
212. led Disab led FAM Failure Disabled Temperature exceeds threshold Shutdown Period Enter Se lect Ese Exit Ctri L Refresh Sereen 2 min Arrow Keys Move Cursor Enclosure Management 7 1 Use arrow keys to move your cursor bar to select View and Edit Peripheral Devices on the Main M enu and press EN TER Choose Set Peripheral Device Entry press ENTER then select Event Trigger Operations by pressing ENTER The event trigger menu displays Select any of the monitoring elements by moving the cursor bar and pressing ENTER to enable or disablethe association with related system events The last condition the Temperature Threshold is associated with a configurable time buffer before an automatic shutdown Please refer to the next section for details Operation Theory The Operation To reduce the chance of data loss due to hardware failure the controller subsystem automatically commences the following actions when a component failure is detected 1 Switches its caching mode from writeback to the conservative write through 2 Flushes all cached data 3 Raises the rotation speed of cooling fans The Trigger The mode switching and cache flush operations can be triggered by the detection of the following conditions 1 Controller failure Redundant controller M odels If a controller fails in a dual redundant controller configu
213. ler will directly ask for the new password The password cannot be replaced unless the correct old password is provided t Step 2 Press the up or down arrow keys to select a character then press ENT to move to the next space t Step 3 After entering all the characters alphabetic or Old Password Re Ent Password Change Password successful numeric press ENT for two seconds to confirm If the password is correct or there is no preset password it will ask for the new password Enter the password again to confirm 2 13 2 2 Disable Password To disable or delete the password press ENT on the first flashing digit for two seconds when requested to enter a new password The 2 13 3 2 13 4 existing password will be deleted No pass W rd checking will occur when entering the Man Menu from the initial terminal screen or making configuration changes Reset Controller t Step 1 To rest the controller without powering off the system press the up or down arrow kys to Reset Controlle r then press ENT 7 Step 2 Press ENT again for two seconds to confirm The controller will now reset Shutdown Controller Before powering off the controller unwritten data may still reside in cache Reset This Controller 1 Shutdown This Controller Front Panel Operation Shutdown This Controller memory Use the Shutdown Controller function to flush the cache content step 1
214. likdy equal to not specified f If set to Default a logical drive s write policy is controlled not only by the subsystem leve caching mode setting but also by the Event trigger mechanisms The Event Trigger mechanisms automatically disable the writeback caching and adopt the conservative Writethrough mode in the event of battery or component failures 2 4 9 Initialization Mode This menu allows you to determine if the ee logical drive is immediately accessible If woqe Online the Online method is used data can be written onto it before the array s initialization is completed Users may proceed with other array configuration processes eg Including this array in a logical volume Front Panel Operation 2 11 2 12 2 4 10 Array initialization can take a long time especially for those comprising large capacity Setting to Online means the array is immediately accessible and that the controller will complee the initialization when I O demands become less intensive f step 8 5 1 Press ENT once to change rnicialization the status digits into a Mode Online question mark 7 Step 8 5 2 Use the arrow keys to select either the Online or the Off line mode t Step 8 5 3 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm your change Stripe Size This menu allows you to change the array stripe size Seting to an 2tripe size Default a incongruous value can severely dra
215. ller e g either Controller A IDs or Controller B IDs NOTE f The new mapping method available since firmware 3 48 allows a logical drive to be managed by both counterpart controllers i e a logical drive associated with both Controller A and Controller B IDs 12 4 RAID Inc 2 DAS with Hubbed Ports Server HB LD to Host ID Logical Association CHO AID F102 CHO BID F103 4 CH1 AID 103 CH1 BID 102 CDS Logical Drive AlD ID Managed by Controller A BID ID Managed by Controller B AID 102 BID 103 T AID 103 BID 102 er Channel 0 Channel 1 t 1 J hi Jm HBA Multipathing RAID Subsystem Redundant Controller Subsystem Every two ports on diferent RAID controllers are hubbed together bound to one channel Figure 2 DAS with Hubbed Ports Configuration Tasks Map LDOto an AID on channel 0 Map LDOto an AID on channel 1 for redundant path access Map LD1to aBID on channel 0 Map LD1to aBID on channel 1 for redundant path ACCESS 1 This configuration applies to a redundant controller subsystem which is attached to a host computer with or without intermediate FC switch devices Redundant Controller 12 5 2 Two logical drives are separately associated with Controller A Controller B IDs on separate host channels Hubbed ports combines the same host ports on different controllers to a host channel and provide path re
216. loop and theoretically more than a million over FC Switches Each configured disk drive array is associated with a host ID and presented to the host as contiguous volume If you file a document into a cabinet you must put the document into one of the drawers From a Fibres point of view a Fibre channel ID is like a cabine and the drawers are the LUNs Logical units Each Fibre channel ID enables up to 32 LUNs and up to 1024 LUNs are configurable per controller Data can be stored into one of the LUNs of the Fibre channel ID Most Fibre host adapters treats a LUN like another Fibre device Host side and Drive side Parameters 6 1 t reu p n Figure 6 1 ID and LUNs as a Cabinet and Drawers 6 1 1 Maximum Concurrent Host LUN Connection Nexus in SCSI The configuration option adjusts the internal resources for use with a number of current host nexus If there are four host computers A B C and D accessing the array through four host IDs LUNs ID O 1 2 and 3 host A through ID O one nexus host B through ID 1 one nexus host C through ID 2 one nexus and host D through ID 3 one nexus all queued in the cache that is called 4 nexus If there are I Os in the cache through four different nexus and another host I O comes down with a nexus different than the four in the cache for example host A access ID 3 the controller will return busy Note that it is concurrent nexus if the cache is cleared u
217. manufacturers Host Channel t Step 1 Select from Main Menu View and Edit Channels C0 Host PID 102 and then a host channel you 1P N SXF AUITO wish to change its data rate 7 Step 2 Press ENT onthechanne and pata pate use the arrow keys to find the Data Rate option 7 Step 3 Press ENT on the Data Rate option to display Set Chl2X set Ch1 X Data Data Rate To AUTO where Rate To AUTO X stands for the channel number t Step 4 Use your arrow keys to display a different data rate 1GHz or 2GHz Press ENT to confirm a selection Drive Channel 7 Step 1 Select from Main Menu CHX Drive PID 7 View and Edit Channels SID 8 SXF AUTO and then a drive channel you wish to change its data rate View Chip 2 ia l t Step 2 Press ENT on the channad and be use the arrow keys to find the Data Rate option t Step 3 Press ENT on the Data Rate option to display Set Chl X Data Rate To AUTO where X stands for the channel number Data Rate Q Step 4 Use your arrow keys to gat pei meds display a data rate value Rate to AUTO which ranges from 33 to Front Panel Operation 2 3 N 150M B s SATA drive channels Press ENT to confirm a selection 2 13 System Functions Choose System Functions in the Main Menu then press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to select a submenu then press ENT 2 13 1 Mute Beeper When the controlle s beeper has been wute Bee
218. mber drive fails the controller will continuously scan the drive bus at the selected time interval Once the failed RAID Inc drive has been swapped with a drive that has the adequate capacity to rebuild the logical drive the rebuild will begin automatically The default setting is Disabled meaning that the controller will not automatically acknowledge if a failed drive has been replaced To enablethis feature select a time interval ri Lack 2E 09 64 25 ZOG Cache Status Clean Du igh ulcu ulcu uleu u ieu unu mn EE BAT 424 34 Main Men Lr lal Geom Drive Hotor Spin Up Disabled Disk hmccess De lay Time 4 Seconds Drive I Timeout n amp pcauirDnefainult Mas imin Tag Craik 1h Periodic Drive Check Time second Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Suap Check Time seconds Drive Predictable Failure Hodei SMARTI Disablen Bmuta masign Global Spare Drive Disabled Drive side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Redundant Controller Parameters Controller Parameters Jisablezd Dose nidis secundis seconds SU scconds Seconds Arroa heys Move Cursor Enter Select Eee Exit COT1l L Kelresh Screen Data Integrity Step 1 Choose Periodic Auto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time from the Drive side Parameters list and press ENTER Step 2 Move your cursor bar to the desired interval then press ENTER Choose Y
219. mporarily to this logical drive M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration Aborted WhatHappens System faults or integrity problems forced systen to abandon the operation Irrecoverable parity inconsistency may also cause a halt to the operation What to D o Check proper system working conditions Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Parity Regeneration Failed WhatHappens System faults or integrity problems forced system to abandon the operation Irrecoverable parity inconsistency may also cause a halt to the operation W hat to D o Check proper system working conditions Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Aborted WhatHappens Logical drive creation process manually aborted or that some system integrity problems forced the subsystem to abort logical drive creation process W hat to D o Check proper system working conditions M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Creation Failed WhatHappens Logical drivecreation process failed when oneor more drive members failed or have been accidentally removed Drive abnormality may also be the cause of the problems W hat to D o Check proper system working conditions and drive connection Replace the faulty drives and repeat the creation process Event Messages C 9 M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Initialization Failed WhatHappens Logical driveinitialization failed It could result from one of the
220. mpted to Add Global Spare Drive select Yes 4 10 3 Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive view drive information add Local spare drive add Global spare drive I y arive disk Reserved space unformatted drive Utilities Q 4 Step 1 Move the cursor bar to a that is not a member dr ive or a spare usually indicated as a New Drive a nd then press ENTER Q Step2 Select Add Enclosure Spare Drive When prompted to Add Enclosure Spare Drive select Yes to complete the process 4 11 Viewing and Editing Logical Drives and Drive Members Choose View and Edit Logical Drives in the Main Menu todisplay the array status Refer to the previous chapter for more details on the legends used in the Logical Drive s status To see the drive member information choose the logical drive by pressing Terminal Operation 4 33 Med Sep 7 14 03 16 2005 Cache Status Clean L6 ID IV RAID Size MB Status 1 2 23 12E37822 NY RRIDO 476428 428 GOOD Delete logical drive Partition logical drive 642 GOOD logical drive Name Expand logical drive migrate logical drive add drives reGenerate parity c py and replace drive Media scan write polic ES NONE The disk drive related functions include Function Description Displays member drive information Delete Logical Drive Deletes a logical drive Partition Logical Drive Create or remove a partitio
221. n t Step 10 A controller event will then prompt to indicate that the logical drive initialization has begun Press ESC to cancel the Notification prompt and a progress indicator will display on the screen as a percentage bar t Step 11 While the array initialization runs in the io dia you can start using the array anfiguring your RAID subsystem 39 Completed RAID Inc When a fault tolerant RAID level RAID 1 3 5 or 6 is selected the subsystem will start initializing parity ache Statiis Clear Lii Lb LU Hni1D SizctiMB Status lj2 3 U L ELM ESH EEL MAME vibe drives T GOOD elete logical drive i Partition logical drive G taO logical drive Mame i logical drive assignments G NOD Fajman Tagg tec Toe ie nigrate logical drive add drives rc cmcratc parity cOpy and replace drive Aelia Stan urile padi Arro heys Move Cursor Enter Select LEtrl L Refresh Screen IMPORTANT Only logical drives with RAID levels 1 3 5 or 6 will take the time to initialize the logical drive Logical drives with RAID level 0 and NRAI D do not perform logical drive initialization With RAIDO or NRAID the drive initialization process finishes almost immediately 4 5 RAID Migration Currently the RAID migration function supports the migration between RAID5 and RAID6 Before proceeding with RAID migration make sure you have sufficient free capacity or unused drives in your RAID array
222. n from a logical drive Logical Drive Name Assigns a name to a logical drive Logical Drive Assigns a logical drive to the Primary or Assignments Secondary RAID controller Rebuild Logical Drive Manually rebuilds a logical drive when a failed drive is replaced Expand Logical Drive Expands the unused capacity of a logical drive Migrate Logical Drive Migrates a logical drive to a different RAID level Adds physical drive s to a logical drive Regenerate Parity Regenerates a logical drive s parity 5 Copy and Replace Drive Copies or replaces members of a logical drive Media Scan Configures Media Scan priority iteration count and task schedules Write Policy Changes the write policy associated with the logical drive r 1 1 2 3 4 34 RAID Inc 4 11 1 Deleting a Logical Drive t Step 1 Select the logical drive you wish to delete then press ENTER t Step 2 Select Delete logical drive Seg choose Yes when Tue Sep 27 5 08 39 2085 tatus Cleam WT BAT 4444 LG ID g RAID Size HB Status 1 2 3 0 cfun ISE Ld NAME 2d ETT ERO Ed E mmm view drives IIR ITI Encl Slot Chl 1p stzecHB Speed LG DAU States VYenmdor amd Product ID a Td EET By 0M LINE Sar rts 2 2 2 1563 380HE 8 M LIME SEAGATE 5T33675 455 d 2 1 156531 380 HB 8 N LIME SERGATE 5T33675455 urite policy L LIS 1 HET Arrow heys Aove Cursor Enter Select 4 11 2 Deleting a Partition of a Log
223. n menu choose Ad3ust LCD View and Edit Peripheral Contrast E Dev Front Panel Operation 2 41 2 42 t Step 2 Press ENT on it press arrow keys to scroll down and tcp Contrast select Adjust LCD Contrast i 775 press ENT to proceed and then use the arrow keys to find an optimal setting 7 Step 3 Press ESC to return to the previous menu 2 14 Controller Parameters 2 14 1 Controller Name t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 2 14 2 LCD Title t Step 1 t Step 2 Select View and Edit Config Controller Name Parms from the Main Menu Choose View and Edit Paes Configuration Parameters Controller Parameters then pressENT The current name will be displayed Press ENT for two seconds and enter the new controller name by using the up or down arrow keys Press ENT to move to another character and then press ENT for two seconds on the last digit of the controller name to complete the process Display Controller Name Choose View and Edit ECD Title Disp Configuration Parameters Controller Logo Controller Parameters then press ENT LCD Title Disp Use the up or down arrow Controller Name keys to choose to display the embedded controller logo or any given name on the LCD initial screen RAID Inc 2 14 3 Password Validation Timeout t Step 1 Choose View and Edit PasswdValidation Configuration Parameters Timeout 5 mins
224. n order for the host to see the RAID subsystem Please refer to the reference table below You will need to make adjustments in the following submenus Peripheral Device Type Peripheral Device Qualifier Device pss for Removable M edia and LUN Application Main Mer gt Quick installation v3 eni view Maximum Queued I O Count 256 v1ew LUMS per Most ID 8 wiew Max Number of Concurrent Host LUM Connection Def 4 wai emn Numb et of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection Def 32 J H n Li Y i s c FIE rect access TypesQ v P Sequential access Device Twypesl5 j Di Processzor Device Ty je f L CD ROH Device Lope Scaner Device Type 5 Control Mo Davice Tvpaz7 Storage Array Controller Device Typez xc Enclosure Services Device TypesDxd junk nown Device Typezox1f i MO CU EMILE Pee Enter Sea fact 3C CXI is 4L RaTreshn Screen 6 1 7 In band External devices including a RAID subsystem from the view of operation on an application server or management PC require communication links with a management computer for device monitoring and administration In addition to the regular RS 232C or Ethernet connection in band SCSI can serve as an alternative means of management communications In band SCSI translates the original configuration commands into standard SCSI commands These SCSI commands are then sent to and received by the controller
225. n the usable capacity of the original RAID5 array RAIDS RAIDG Capacity Capacity 200G 20G 4 1 x 2000 2005 2005 4 2 x 200K 6006 4603 Migration not allowed Figure 4 1 Migration Not Allowed for Insufficient Capacity Migration by Adding Drive s RAIDS RAIDS juired GE a GA 200G 2006 4 1 x 2006 200G 2005 v GA 200G 200G Capacity 5 2 x Z0DG 6006 200G Migration condition met by adding drive s Figure 4 2 Migration Condition Met by Adding Drive s Terminal Operation 4 17 Migration by Copy and Replace The additional capacity for composing a RAID6 array is acquired by using larger drives as the members of the array RAIDS A Lm Capacity EE A Capacity 2003 200G 4 1 x 2006 3003 3006 4 2 x 3006 200G 2006 3006 3008 Migration condition met by using larger drive s Figure 4 3 Migration Condition Met by Using Larger Drives 4 5 3 Migration Exemplary Procedure To migrate a RAID5 array to RAID6 follow the steps below t Step 1 From the View and Edit Logical Drives status screen select an existing RAID5 array and press ENTER A sub menu will appear Move your cursor bar to select Migrate Logical Drive Cache Status view drives Dalata logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive assignments Expand logical drive add drives reGenerate parity copy and replace drive Media scan write
226. n to confirm Map Host LUN 12 18 RAID Inc Step 6 Use the arrow keys to select G0 RAIDS DRV 3 logical drive logical volume if o999mp cp sp o there are many Press ENT and select a partition LG 0 PART 0 if the logical unit has been 299MB partitioned into individual capacity volumes CHO ID9 LUNO Map Press EN T again to confirm EQ PRIN Pres ENT to confirm the wap Host LUN mapping Press ENT to re ensure Map Slot B CH 0 ID 0 This message indicates that the logical unit has been successfully cHo 159 LUNO mapped to the ID LUN Mapto LGO PRTO combination Use the arrow keys to continue mapping other logical units or press ENT to delete the mapped LUN Repeat the process to map all the logical units to host ID LUNs 5 Front Panel View of Controller Failure What will happen when one of the controllers fails If one of the controllers fails the existing controller will automatically take over within a few seconds The red ATTEN LED will light up and the Redundant Ctlr message Redundant Ctlr Failure Detected will Failure Detected appear on the LCD Users will also be notified by audible alarm Redundant Controller 12 19 12 20 e NOTE f Although the surviving controller will keep the system working you should contact your system vendor for a replacement controller as soon as possible Your vendor should be able to provide an appropriate replacement f Some operating
227. nce A concur rane Concur rerca Press ENTER on Select Logical Drives to bring out a sub menu From there you may include all configured arrays or press ENTER on To Select Logical D rives to select one or more specific logical drive s Logical drives can betagged for inclusion by positioning the cursor bar on thelogical drive and then pressing EN TER An asterisk x mark will appear on the selected physical drive s To deselect the drive press EN TER again on the selected drive The mark will disappear Usethe same method to select more logical drives if preferred RAID Inc When selection is done press ESC to continue Step 4 Confirming the Creation of a Task Schedule start Time and Date Fri May 7 14 09 00 2004 Schedule Periad LO heurs Execution Mace Sequence Priarity Low Logical Drive court l Create Task Schedule 7 reg Ha t Step 4 1 When finished with setting the scheduler options press ESC to display a confirm box t Step 4 2 Verify all information in the box before choosing Y es to confirm and to complete the configuration process 8 3 Regenerating Logical Drive Parity Data Integrity Parity regeneration is a function manually performed onto RAID 3 5 6 arrays to determine whether inconsistency has occurred with data parity Y ou may perform the parity check directly without changing thetwo options below or se preferr
228. ndor and Product ID YARS 116409 Serial Number Yv65567B8zE Disk Capacity blocks 490225663 Maxtor 7 Y250W0 239367 150e 1 ON LINE Maxtor 7Y250W0 Eri Maxtor wv250H 0 From the View and Edit Drives menu select the drive that theutility is to be performed on then press ENTER Select View drive information then press ENTER Terminal Operation 4 57 4 58 4 17 4 17 1 Drive Utilities Drive Read Write Test From the View and Edit Drives menu select a new or used drive that the utility is to be performed on then press ENTER Select Drive Utilities then press ENTER Choose Read Write Test and press ENTER You can choose to enable disable the following options f Ready Write Test Type Two types are available Ready Only and Read Write Action on Detection of Errors Continue Test Abort on Detection of Any Errors including hardware media errors etc Abort on Detection of Hard Errors only including only hardware errors defined by SATA 8 bit encoding Recovery Process No Recovery Mark Block Bad Mark the affected blocks as bad Reassignment try to reassign data residing on the affected sectors First Try Reassignment Operate by attempting toreassign and mark bad if the reassignment attempt fails f Execute Drive Testing RAID Inc Cache Status Cle Read Write Test Type Read Only Test Action
229. ne Config Parms t Step 1 Choose View and Edit Confi ti Controller ia 4 Parameters ET Parameters Controller Parameters then press Set Controller ENT Date and Time t Step 2 Press the up or down arrow keys to scroll down and select Set Controller Date and Time then press ENT The controlb r uses GMT Greenwich M ean Time a 24 hours dock To change the clock to your local time zone enter the hours later than the Greenwich mean time after a plus sign For example enter 9 for Japanese time zone Time Zone t Step 3 Choose Time Zone by pressing ENT 7 Step 4 Use the down key to enter the plus sign and the up GMT 08 00 key to enter numeric GMT representatives Date and Time Date and Time t Step 5 Use your arrow keys to scroll down and seect Date and Time by MMDDhhmm YYYY pressing ENT t Step 6 Use the arrow keys to select and enter the numeric representatives in the following order month day hour minute and the year 2 15 Drive Utilities t Step 1 From the View and Edit lt i t 1010Mp Drives menu s bec the NEW DRV SEAGATE drive that the utility is to py RAT Ting be performed on then aes ee eae press ENT po 7 Step 2 Select Drive Utilities then pres ENT Choose prive Read Write Test Utilities 2s These options are not available for drives already configured in a logical Drive Read Write config
230. nned recognized by the subsystem What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage CHL ID Drive NOTIFY Block Successfully Reassigned O 10B What H appens Writes conducted retried and media errors were discovered Writes will then bere directed to other drive sectors W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message If this message becomes frequent thetarget disk drive might have developed serious media errors M essage CHL ID Drive SEV Media Error Encountered What H appens M edia errors are encountered in a hard drive W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message If this message becomes frequent thetarget disk drive might have developed serious media errors C 24 RAID Inc C 7 General Target Events C 7 1 Critical M essage SA F TE Device 0 ALERT Power Supply Failure Detected Idx 132 W hat H appens Power supply failure detected through SAF TE monitoring device What to D o Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device A LERT Power Supply OFailure Detected What H appens Power supply failure detected through an 12C serial bus What to D o Contact your RAID supplier for a replacement module M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device ALERT Power Supply O Not Present WhatHappens No power supply moduleis installed in the expected module SO W hat to D o Check proper module installation If an installed module can not be detected contact your RAID supplier M essage P
231. nnels vies and edit configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices g ES V Download Firmware v H Advanced Maintenance Functions Yes Ho Choose Yes to confirm A prompt will inform you that NVRAM information was successfully saved 4 15 4 Restore NVRAM from Disks CAUTION The Restore NVRAM is a function that carries some risks Firmware restoration will not destroy the existing logical drive configurations however if the existing logical drives cannot be adequately associated with host ID LUNs after NVRAM restoration host might not be able to access your configured arrays Use this function to restore your NVRAM information that you previously saved onto disk Terminal Operation 4 53 From the Main Menu choose System Functions Use the arrow keys to scroll down and select Controller Maintenance Re store NVRAM from disks and then press ENTER 2 Haim Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical wolumes View and edit Host Tuns view and edit Drives Wem and edit channels yies an view an It will take effect after resetting controller Restore NVRAM from Disks Restore without password Ne E contre ler maintenance CAUTION In case your previous password reserved at the time you saved your NVRAM configuration contents is different from your current password you are provided with the options whether to restore the password you
232. ns Parity or CRC errors detected through host ID CHL ID What to D o Occurrences of these faults usually can be negotiated betw een RAID subsystems and application servers If occurrences become frequent contact your RAID system supplier C 18 RAID Inc M essage CHL Host Channel ALERT Parity CRC Error Detected What H appens Host channel parity or CRC errors detected What to D o Parity and CRC faults can often be negotiated between application servers and RAID subsystems Contact your RAID system supplier if this occurs too frequently M essage CHL ID DriveALERT Unexpected Drive N ot Ready 00B What H appens Unexpected Drive Not Ready returned from a disk drive on CHL ID What to Do Check proper installation of disk drives or cabling connection This event often occurs when hot swapping disk drives and may be caused by signal glitches If the disk drive fails to respond the subsystem should consider the disk drive as a failed drive when the timeout threshold is reached Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID DriveALERT Drive HW Error 00B W hat H appens Drive hardware error returned from a disk driveon CHL ID What to D o Thetarget disk drive may havefailed Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Unit Attention Received W hat H appens Unit attention received from RCC channel CHL W hat to D o Rare occurrences of these errors can be mana
233. o the previous partition WARNING Whenever a partition is changed it is necessary to reconfigure all host LUN mappings All data in it will be lost and all host LUN mappings will be removed when there is any change to the partition capacity f lf operating in a Unix based system reset the subsystem for the configuration changes to take effect if any changes were made to partition sizes and partition arrangement 4 8 Viewing and Editing Channels Falcon III Magelan X4 subsystems come with preset data paths and there is no need to modify channel configurations e g channel mode Cache Status Clean BAT HONE Hode ID pef suynClk DefWid s Tern CurSynClk CurWid d 0 150 0HHz Wide m On Async Narrow 160 0 Hz Wide s T i S w sm S em sm S em fn S om sm oem sm sm Arrow Keys Hove Cursor Choose View and Edit Channels in the Main Menu to display channel status Ctr1 L Refresh Screen Terminal Operation 4 25 hu sep d 1b Z1 36 cues Lache Status Clean HAT HUNE Pire e EuefymET Curia Pire Asune schi Terminator sync transfer Ulock Wide transfer parity check E ahlel viru chip iuFurmal iun AATA Dr ier D SATA channel Hode j L vieu amd edit scsi Drive snT Iriug AL SALA in 1 33bHe i es he eo Arrow Heys How Cursor Enter elect Hefresh screen Ue IMPORTANT Most Falcon III Magellan X4 subsystems have preset hos
234. oller Every Falcon III Magellan X4 subsystem comes with a default ID This ID should be sufficient for avoiding WWNN and WWPN conflict A unique ID is required for every RAID subsystem whether it is configured in a single or dual controller configuration The uniqu e ID is necessary for the following reasons 1 Aspecific identifier helps RAID controllers to identify their counterpart in a dual active configuration 2 The unique ID is generated into a Fibre Channel WWN node name for RAID controllers or RAID subsystems using Fibre Channel host ports The node name prevents hostcomputers from misaddressing the storage system during the controller failover failback process in the event of single controller failure 3 Theunique ID is also generated into a MAC address for the controller s Ethernet port The MAC address will be taken Terminal Operation 4 55 4 56 4 15 7 over by a surviving controller in the event of single RAID controller failure When a controller fails and a replacement is combined as the secondary controller the FC port node names and portnames will be passed down to the replacement controller The host will not acknowledge any differences SO that controller failback is totally transparent The unique identifier setting can be accessed from View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Controller Parameters gt Controller Unique ID Set Controller Date and Time This sub menu only appears
235. oller IDs hav been assigned to I O channels the assignment Logical Volume Assignments Red Ctlr Assign LO See CLLE f menus should appear as listed on the right Logical Volume If settings related to redundant controllers have Assignment not been completed you may set them after the volume is successfully created t Step 1 Press ENT on a configured Red Ctlr Assign logical volume Use arrow keys to Sec Ctlr E to select Logical Volume Assignment and press ENT to proceed Press ENT for two seconds to confirm t Step 2 Press ESC and the LCD willLVv 0 ID 685AE502 display the logical volume s 2021MB DRV 1 information when initialization 1s finished 2 6 Partitioning a Logical Drive Logical Volume w IMPORTANT f f Partitioning and the creation of logical volumes ARE NOT requirements for building a RAID subsystem The configuration processes for partitioning a logical drive are the same as those for partitioning a logical volume Partitioning a configured volume will destroy all data stored on it WARNING f Front Panel Operation Partitioning a configured volume will destroy all data stored on it 2 1 N t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Pres the up or down arrow keys toj Logical Volume select View and Edit Logical Volume then press ENT t Step 2 Use the up or down arrow cm ms keys to selet a logical E volume then press ENT 7 Step 3
236. on OH LINE SEAGATE SIT30754155 add clobal Spare irite add drive Entry amp QH LIHE SEAGATE ST3367545S Identify abr due disk heserued space Zw mb HMOME FRHT DAY SERRATE S amp I33675455 f fs 1 44981 4 PB HOHE PRAT DPPU SENRGATE STT14685455 ra t PC POME HHE FRAT DPEU SERHGGRTE SSP ee ieee 5 1 Se F PME HOHE FRAT DRY SEAGATE STH 4455 Ctrit Refresh Screen Step 1 Choose View and Edit Drives on the Main Menu then press ENTER Move the cursor b ar to a drive that is not assigned to a logical drive or asaspare drive usually indicated as a New Drive and then press ENTER LG It Lv RAIC Size 42 Status 1 2 3 O c LtM s amp zFL NAHE t Step2 Choose Add Local Spare Drive and press ENTER A list of logical drives displays t Step 3 Move the cursor bar to a logical drive then press ENTER The unassigned disk drive will be associated with this logical drive as a Local Spare t Step 4 When prompted to Add Local Spare Drive choose Yes to confirm Add Lacal Spare Drive 7 No RAID Inc 4 10 2 Adding a Global Spare Drive Quic Slot Chi io sizetne Speed G_DRV Status Vendor and Product 10 O e e ee eme aj 5 5 wy Sone t Step 1 Move the cursor bar to the drive that is not a member drive or a spare usually indicated as a New Drive and then press ENTER 5 t Step2 Select Add Global Spare Drive When pro
237. on and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL 1Drive Channel ALERT Unexpected Select Timeout W hat H appens Drive Channel target select timeout The specified drive channel cannot be selected by the RAID controller subsystem Faults might have occurred with the cabling termination internal data paths W hat to D o Check cabling and driveinstallation and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected W hat H appens Phase signal abnormality detected on the specific RCC channel W hat to D o Rare occurrence of phase signal error could be recovered by firmware retry Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Targe ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Detected W hat H appens Phase signal abnormality detected with a specific target disk drive What to D o Check proper installation of disk drives and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL Drive Channel ALERT Gross Phase Signal Error Event Messages C 17 Detected What H appens Phase signal abnormality detected on the specific drive channel What to D o Contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL RCC Channel ALERT Unexpected Disconnect Encountered What H appens Unexpected disconnect detected on the specific RCC channel What to D o Check cabling termination and canister connections and contact your RAID system supplier M essage CHL ID Target ALERT Unexpected Disconn
238. on new partition Figure 9 2 Expansion by Adding Drive RAID levels supported RAID O 1 3 5 and 6 The new partition must be made available through a host ID LUN Array Expansion 9 3 9 4 Add Drive Procedure Step 1 First select from the Main Menu View and Edit Logical Drive and select a logical drive to add a new driveto NOTE The drive selected for adding should have a capacity no less than the original member drives If possible use drives of the same capacity because all drives in the array are treated as though they have the capacity of the smallest member in thearray Fte 10 LV RAID Size WE Status o m rsegm wwe jussit E RR SM RN UR Press ENTER to select a logical drive and choose Add Drives from the submenu Proceed with confirming the selection I s DECOUBSESC I a aM HEI JN i Delete Ari es drive Partition logical drive logical drive Nase Expand legieal drive Migrate T ical driva reGener ate parity cOpy and replace drive Media scan write policy Available drives will be listed Select one or more drives to add to the target logical drive by pressing ENTER The seleced drive will be indicated by an asterisk x mark RAID Inc Array Expansion LG Slot Size MB Speed L G6 DRV Status Vendor and Product ID SEE ae 8 238469 156MB NONE FRMT DRY ee ee 2 Part 238469 156MB NONE FRMT DRY Step 4 Press ESC
239. on Detection of Error Continue Test Recovery Process No Recovery to Be Attempted V View drive information ZDY250HQ y add Local spare drive amp add Global spare drive f TY250M 0 y alg 7 d rive Readsarite Test ZY250MO d unformatted drive Uni lities ZY250H0 Wr ae bead un iod E Le W DRV Maxtor Jy SOM Fae of wee nomen Arrow Mays Move Cursor Enter 5a lact ESC Exit CtrieL Retresh Screan When finished with the configuration select Execute Drive Testing and press ENTER to proceed 187 Completed You may press ESC and select Read Write Test later and choose t View Read Write Testing Progress If you want to stop testing th e drive select Abort Drive Testing and press ENTER to proceed IMPORTANT The disk drive on which a read write test will be performed cannot be a spare drive local or global or a member of a logical drive The Read Write Test option will not appear if the drive is not indicated as a New Drive ora Used Drive Also a drive formatted with a 256MB reserved space is also excluded from selection Terminal Operation 4 59 This page is intentionally left blank 4 60 RAID Inc Chapter 2 9 1 Fibre Operation Fibre Operation Viewing and Editing Channels FIDISID DefSuncClk DefWid 7i Falcon III Magellan X4 subsystems come with preset data paths and there is no need to modify
240. on parameters D write Baek Cache Enabled D Optimization for Sequential I o Continuous Sync II zZ min l min 2 min 5 min lD min Arrcw Xeys Move Cursor Enter Se lect f Write back caching is preferred for better performance yet data integrity is also a concern e g no battery protection the system can be configured to flush the cached writes at preset intervals Note that the Continuous Sync option holds data in cache for aslong as necessary to complete a write operation and immediately commits a write request to hard drives if it does not co me in a series of sequential write requests IMPORTANT f If the size of an array is larger than 16TB only the optimization for sequential I O can be applied Since a logical drive of this size may not be practical there is actually no limitation on the combination of optimization mode and array capacity f Every time you change the Caching Parameters you must reset the controller for the changes to take effect The Adaptive Write Policy is applicable to subsystems working u nder normal conditions If for example a drive fails in anarray the firmware automatically restores the array s original write policy RAID Inc 4 3 Viewing the Connected Drives Prior to configuring disk drives into a logical drive it is necessary to understand the status of the physical drives in your enclosure Thu et 10 541 01 2005 Cache Status Clean HAT BAD
241. on will be displayed on the LCD Press Slot 1010MB the up or down arrow keys to BED DM OUR select a drive that is stated as NEW DRV or USED DRV that has not been induded in any logical drive nor Specified aS a Spare drive or failed drive then press ENT to select it Press the up or down arro keys to select Add Loca Spare Drive then press ENT Add Local Spare Drive Press the up or down arrow LGO RAIDS DRV 3 keys to select the logical drive 2912MB GD SB 0 where the Local Spare Drive will be assigned then press ENT for two seconds to confirm The message Add Loca dd Local Spare Spare Drive Successful wil Drive Successful be displayed on theL CD Adding a Global Spare Drive t Step 1 t Step 2 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu PresgPrives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Drives then press ENT Disk drive information will ba S1ot 1010MB displayed on the LCD Presg NEW DRV SEAGATE the up or down arrow keys to select a disk drive that has not been assigned to any logical drive then press ENT RAID Inc 2 8 3 t Step 3 Press the up or down arro Spare Drive then press ENT 7 j Step 4 Press ENT again for tw ETE seconds to add the spare ive successful drive The message Add Global Spare Drive Successful will be displayed on the screen Adding an Enclosure Spare Drive In environments where RAID
242. ond to the status of the UPS battery charge or AC power by dynamically switching the write policy Requirements for UPS Status M onitoring l Connect the serial port on a UPS device to the controller subsystem s COM 2 serial port 2 Setthe same Baud Rate to the system COM 2 and the UPS serial port Pleaserefer to RAID Planning Guide RS 232C Serial Port Setti ngs 3 SettheUPSoption as described in 7 1 1 1 to Enabled Condition Reports and Reactions 1 When mains power is lost or when the UPS chargeis low an event is issued The subsystem will commence an auto cache flush and will beforced to adopt the conservative caching mode the write through mode Enclosure Management 7 7 2 Whentheserial port connection islost or when theUPS is disconnected an event is issued to notify system managers that the external UPS is absent 3 When the UPS battery charge or mains power is restored to a safe functioning level the subsystem automatically restores the original write policy 7 3 Enclosure Devices Status Peripheral Device Status To check the operational statuses of enclosure devices follow the steps below Select View and edit Peripheral Devices on the Main Menu and press ENTER Choose View Peripheral Device Status then press ENTER again Thedevicelist displays Press ENTER on the I2C Peripheral Device to display a list of peripheral devices enclosure modules Monitoring of devic
243. onfiguration of Drives to Controller A and Controller B IDs on host channel s Step 4 1 Under View and Edit Host LUN Choose a Host Channel I D Controller Combination Step 4 2 Choose Logical Driv Logical Volume Logical Partition2o Map to Host ID LUN Create Host LUN Entry 12 12 RAID Inc 12 2 3 Limitations Both controllers must be exactly the same Namely they must operate with the same firmware version the same size of cache memory the same number configuration of host and drive channels etc If battery backup is preferred both should beinstalled with a battery module If a RAID controller fails and needs to be replaced it is often the case that the replacement controller may carry a newer revision of firmware It is advised you provide information such as firmware revision number boot record version etc For a subsystem featuring Fibre host channels and if the onboard hub is not enabled connection through Fibre switches can be necessary for configuring fault tolerant paths between host and RAID storage In the event of data path failure an intelligent FC switch should be able to direct data flow through an alternate path In this case multipathing software should be necessary to manage the many paths that are strung between host and RAID storage Your RAID subsystem may not come with sufficient number of Controller A and Controller B IDs You may need to manually create Controller A Controller B I
244. ontaining large capacity drives What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting On Line Initialization WhatHappens Creation process is completed initialization process has begun to generate parity sectors and readying member drives The On line initialization mode takes a longer time to complete and allows the logical driveto receive host I Os immediately if appropriate host ID LUN mapping has been applied W hat to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE On Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed What Happens Logical drive on line initialization completed What to Do Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Off Line Initialization Event Messages C 13 WhatHappens Creation process is completed initialization process has begun to generate parity sectors and readying member drives The Off line initialization mode takes place immediately after the creation of a logical drive and does not allow host I Os to be distributed to the logical drive at the same time What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Off Line Initialization of Logical Drive Completed What Happens Logical drive off line initialization completed The logical drive is now ready for host ID LUN mapping and then receiving host I Os What to D o Press ESC to clear the message M essage LG 0 Logical Drive
245. oss controller access is that when a host link fails I Os can travel through the counterpart controller the RCC link and then back to the RAID controller originally managing the array u A o o m 4n m a on G r o0Ex 3 a y i RCC Link p zg goded tap LR a LL Controller A i Getretion B fm o cono ec m sicco est i des i Y Logical Drive Figure 12 6 Routing Access when a Host Link Fails Redundant Controller 12 15 f If your subsystem comes with an LCD the upper right corner of LCD will then display a P or S meaning Primary or Secondary respectively You may press the arrow keys together for two seconds to switch between the display of the Primary or Secondary controller status f The controller partners synchronize each other s configurations at frequent intervals through the communications channel s 12 4 Configuration Processes via LCD Keypad 1 Controller Unique ID Enter View and Edit Config Parms gt Controller Parameters Use the up or down arrow keys to find Ctlr Unique ID XXXxx This value will be used to generate a controller unique WWN node name and port names and to identify the controller during the failover process Enter a hex number from O to FFFFF and press ENTER The value you enter should be different for each controller If the controller comes with defaults it is recommended to use them 12 16 RAID Inc 2 Creating Primary
246. p it will accept four different nexus again Many I Os can be accessed via the same nexus BAT 444 z Main Menu gt Quick installation VTeN vies Maximum Queued Ifo Count 256 view LUMS per Host ID 8 vies Mas Numb r f Concurrent HOStE LUNM Connecti n DefL4 view Mumber of Tags Reserved r each Host LUM Connectia EH Peripheral Device Type Parameters Most Cylinder Head Sector Mapping Configuration Fibre Connection Option Loop only Host sidea Parameters Dr1ue side Parameters Disk Array Parameters Redundant controller Parameters controller Parameters arrow Xeys Move Cursor Enter Sa lect Ctr tel Retresn Screen From the Main Menu select View and Edit Configuration Parameters Host side Parameters then press ENTER Choose Max Number of Concurrent Host LUN Connection then press ENTER A list of available selections will appear Move cursor bar to an item then press ENTER Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm your setting The default is 4 RAID Inc 6 1 2 Number of Tags Reserved for Each Host LUN Connection Each nexus has 32 the default seting tags reserved When the host computer sends 8 I O tags to the controller and the controller is too busy to process them all the host might start to send less than 8 tags during every certain period of time since then This setting ensures that the controller will accept at least 32 tags p
247. per activated choose Mute Beeper then pres ENT to turn the beepe off temporarily for the current event The beeper will still ac t vate on the next event 2 13 2 Password Use he controllerrs password to protet the system from unauthorized entry Once the controllers password is set regardless of whether the front panel the RS 232C terminal interface or the RAIDWatch Manager is used the user can only configure and monitor the RAID controller by providing the correct passw ord w IMPORTANT f The controller requests a password whenever a user is entering the main menu from the initial screen or a configuration changeis made If the controller is going to be left unattended the Password Validation Timeout should be se to Always Check f Thecontroller password and controller name share a 32 character space The maximum number of characters for a controller password is 32 If 31 characters are used for a controller name there will be only one character left for the controller password and vice versa Since revision 3 42J09 later firmware revisions support a 32 character space 2 13 2 1 Change Password 7 Stepl To s amp or change the Change Password controller password press E 2 38 RAID Inc the up or down arrow keys to select Change Password then press ENT If the password has previously been set the controller will ask for the old password first If password has not y been set the control
248. perating system References to Peripheral Device Qualifier and Device SUDEORE for Removable M edia are also included Cacia Status Clean Nain Menu Quick Installation V9 Wier Haximum Queued I 0 Count 256 vi m LUNS p r Host ID 8 vier Hax Number cf Concurrent Hozt LUN Connection Def4 yian of Tags Reserved for each Host LUN Connection Def 52 it EID Hi u TTE FII Direct access Dev ype 0 TEES y PF Sseguantial access Device Types 1 V D Processor Device Typs 3 Driv L CD ROM Device Types Di ak Scanner Device Type 6 control Ho Dewice Tvpez7 j Storage Array Controller Device T ypa xc Enclosure Services Dewice Typez xd Unknown Device TvpesOx1f arrow MOTEL TM E TENE TET Operating Peripheral Peripheral System Device Device Support for Applicability Type Qualifier Removable Media Windows indi Either is 2000 2003 IE x86 and okay SPARC Linux Connected Either 1s LUN O s RAID Inc RedHat 8 9 okay SuSE 8 9 Table6 1 Peripheral Device Type Parameters Device Type 1 1 Setting Enclosure Service Device Oxd Oxd irect 0 Scanner Device 6 Table 6 2 Peripheral Device Type Settings 6 1 9 Cylinder Head Sector Mapping Drive capacity is decided by the number of blocks For some operating systems Sun Solaris for example the capacity of a drive is determined by the cylinder
249. policy Arrow Kews Moweo Cursor 4 18 RAID Inc Step 2 A confirm box should appear Select Yes to proceed View drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical driwe Mame logical drive assignments Expand logical drive Migrate this logical drive Wes No t Step3 A selection box should prompt allowing you tochoose a RAID level to migrate to Press ENTER on RAID6 ID Lv RAID Size HB Status l 2 3 QO RAID 5 RAID b PO 6ES863A9 NA RAIDS 1500 GOoD EE Ge Se es eri amp Q Step4 A list of member drives and unused disk drives new or used drives should prompt In the case of migrating a 3 drive RAID5 to 4 drive RAID6 you can select the original members of the RAID5 array and select one more disk drive to meet the mini mum requirements of RAID6 You may also select different disk drives in your RAID enclosure for composing the new RAID6 array S ac grugg C g fe ot ol 58h ST338TSd55 35003 30 M8 NONE NEW ORV SEAGATE 5133875455 35HH3 3BBME NONE NEH DRU SEHBRTE amp STXSHrao 88 33r 35003 200MB HERI OPW SEAGATE GT33575455 NOME NEH ORV SERGATE STssbro455 HOHE NEW GRU SEAGATE STSS6rS455 TIT Qum a enter ge lect fee eit ite el etree Seremm t Step 5 Press ESC to proceed to the next configuration screen A sub menu should prompt t Step 6 You may either change the maximum capacity to beincluded in the new RAID6 array or change th
250. provided by drive manufacturer RAID Inc 4 8 5 View Chip Information 1 1nFormartiaorn WiGhip Type Tachyon DXx4 n n chip Rev ID 5 Chip Fw Rev IO N A This is a view only option showing basic information about the SCSI 320 Channel chip processor 4 9 Mapping a Logical Volume to Host LUNs 5 m t Step1 Select View and Edit Host luns in the Main Menu then press ENTER Tus Ssp 27 16 81 88 2865 SleF Aldea Cache Status Clean Main Menu gt Quick ISLA lation view and adit Logical drives view and edit logical Uol umes view and adit Host lunsa IH A I0 B2 iPrimaru Control lar CHL 1 I0 I83 Secondary Contre ler Edit Haar ID HAN Nana Liar view syaitan Information uim and adit Event loge NEM DTE Durer Enter Select Farc Eyit Cirill Raf reah Seraean Q Step2 A list of host channelAD combinations appears onthe screen The diagram above shows two host channels and each is designated with a default ID More can be added on each channel Q Step3 Multiple IDs on host channels are necessary for redundant controller configuration Details oncreating multiple IDs and changing channel modes will be discussed later Choose a host ID by pressing ENTER Terminal Operation 4 29 amp Main Manu gt Buick installation View amd edit Logical drives view and edit logical Uolumas ary Lontral ler E ETEK me List Logical Volume j AH ID 1 e2 Pr imary
251. puters to manage the access to the same array volume via two different O paths 12 37 f Each channel ID or an LUN under target ID will appear as one virtual storage volume to the host operati ng system DT p LD gm 3 LD1 LUN 0 E Partitiond LUN 0 Partition o 4068 Partition 0 LD GER SL gt LDI LUN 17 O en 1 20 Partition 1 T Partition 1 20068 Partition 1 Figure 12 11 Mapping System Drives Mapping to LUNs f Shown below is a SCSI host bus teamed with multiple IDs LUNs that are associated with logical partitions LD Q F gt Se LDi Partition LUN 2 gt P Parrin z oaa Partition 2 LD 0 LD 0 LD 0 Partition 0 Partition 1 Partition 2 un Eass Face SCSI Host Channel E sce W 2068 ics SCSI Chip LD1 LD 1 LD 1 Partition 0 Partition Partition 2 Figure 12 12 Mapping System Drives an Example on a SCSI bus f Someolder operating systems do not read multiple LUN s under a target ID As diagrammed above you may have the host channd to present several IDs and map logical configurations to these IDs Each of these IDs can be identified as Controller A ID or Controller B ID As a rule for most operating systems each configuration unit will then be mapped to LUN Ounder each ID 12 38 RAID Inc 12 1 2 Fault Tolerance Redundant Controller Why Using a Redundant Controller Configuration 1 Hardware failures can occur A simple parity error can sometimes cause a RAID
252. r Replaced Remove the failed controller after the take over of the working controller has been completed For a controller with hot plug capability all you have to do is to remove the failed controller With ventilation considerations it is recommended to leave a failed controller in most enclosures until the replacement controller arrives V IMPORTANT f Ifyou power down the surviving controller and power up both controller together problems might occur for they might contend for the role of the Primary controller Insert a replacement controller when the surviving controller is managing the subsystem f Check if the replacement is properly installed When the new controller is connected the existing controller will automatically start initializing the replacement controller If the replacement controller failed to initialize try the following RAID Inc Thu Sep 22 18 81 31 2005 Cache Status Clean Hain Menu gt Unick installation view and edit Logical drives Wien and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives vien and edit channels i and edit Configuration paraneters If the replacement has been initialized successfully you may proceed to examine the system status From the Main Menu select View and Edit Peripheral Devices and then View Peripheral Device Status to see that the new controller is being scanned Thu Sep 22 18 02 18 2005 Cache S
253. r Events for Write through Write Back Dynamic Switch The configuration can also be set with the OEM lappend utility RAID parity update Yes to avoid write holes tracking and recovery Host side Ordered Supports write commands with embedded Ordered Tag support Tags Drive identification Supported Force a drive to light on its activity flash drive function indicator for users to visually recognize its position in a configuration consisting of numerous disk drives Drive information Supported Drive vendor name model number firmware revision capacity blocks serial number narrow wide and current sync speed Drive read write test Configuration on Supported The logical drive information is disks Drive recorded on drive media The logical drives can still Roaming be accessed if using different RAID Inc RAID controllers subsystems e g drives removed and installed in a different subsystem Save restore Supported Save all the settings stored in the NVRAM to from controller NVRAM to the logical drive members disks Now this feature comes with an option whether to restore the previously saved password in case an administrator changed the password some time before RAID Inc Save restore Supported Save all the settings stored in the NVRAM to from a controller NVRAM to a file via GUI manager on file user s computer Now this feature comes with an option whether to restore the previousl
254. rage Servers side I O path re routing is partially managed by FC switches i SAN w FW3 48 Mapping Arrays can be associated with Controller A or Controller Table 12 1 Pros and Cons of Sample Topologies 1 Simple DAS without Hub FW3 48 Mapping Method LD to Host ID Logical Association CHO AID 102 gt Loo CH1 BID 103 RE LD Logical Drive AIDs ID Managed by Controller A BID ID Managed by Controller B Multipathing RAID Subsystem Figure 1 Simple DAS without Hub Redundant Controller 12 3 Configuration Tasks Map LDOto a BID on channel 1 for redundant path ACCESS Map LDOto an AID on channel 0 LDO This configuration applies to a redundant controller subsystem which is directly attached to a host computer without intermediate networking devices A logical drive is associated with different Controller IDs Controller A and Controller B on separate host channels of different RAID controllers c NOTE f You may use different channel IDs than are shown here in the sample topologies IDs used in the sample configurations are mostly default numbers in firmware As long as the IDs are carefully selected according to the configuration rules there is no limitation on selecting different host channel IDs c f The mapping information here is following the traditional mapping method which allows a logical drive to be associated with IDs managed by a single RAID contro
255. ration the surviving controller no longer has 7 2 RAID Inc the protection of synchronized cache by having the replica of unfinished writes in its partner 2 BBU low orfailed If a battery fails or isunder charge the unfinished writes cannot be supported if power outage occurs 3 UPS AC power loss Even with the buffer provided by the UPS if power outage occurs cached data should be immediately distributed to hard drives beforethe battery charge in UPS runs out 4 Power supply failure 5 Fanfailure 6 Temperature exceeds threshold If one or more of the event triggers are enabled the occurrence of the above conditions forces the controller subsystem to adopt the write through caching mode Once the faulty condition is corrected the controller subsystem automatically restores the previous caching mode Force Controller write Through on Triager Cause The temperature thresholds refer to those set for both sensors on the RAID controller boards and those placed within the subsystem enclosure In terms of the controller temperature board 1 refers to the main circuit board and board 2 refers to the second level 1 0 board or the daughter card If any of thethreshold values set for any sensor is exceeded the trigger automatically applies NOTE If a battery is not installed in your RAID subsystem the BBU Low or Failed option should be disabled 7 1 2 Auto Shutdown on Elevated Temperature System
256. respective owners iii Table of Contents Contact IMPORTATION ion ni idee ePi ccc eaa eimi a o rau cra a see TUNI esa cL edes wea Ae i COD VINIGINU 2006 e ai aaaea De aaa aE AAAA cL E EE aE EES iii This Edition First Published 20069 sessi lii PIS CI 21100727 RP EROR RECHTE lil TAO CTS NONE IER REIR RUNE RH AAE T lii AMAF OIV arenie a E REE R a A AAA lil Table OF Contenls unire ees a Pete Vetaou et uS uu Ced rata b E Ocean FUB de ufa UAA iv Chapter 1 LCD Screen Messages oL obo b oA o co 4o001 2c N H3 1 1 Quick Installation Screen Lecce cL eee re ccce nnmnnn nnmnnn nnn 1 1 Logicdl Drive SIalus n eoe qute ue ce ee eua ecu oce eov san unE deoa ree eRUue 1 2 Logical Volume StatUS ioci du eo cec eese Ces consen cease iode decr beu eia Rs 1 3 Drive StalU e 1 4 Channel Status i eve vede Ra usa a iac On aa DER SR RR OR ER BERI E VKR GE UTE VR RE 1 5 Controller Voltage and Temperature eese 1 6 View and Edit Ev nt EOS eoi eee b revu oe de ene eta tea aa 1 7 Chapter 2 LCD Keypad Operation 1V 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 8 2 9 Power On the RAID ENClOSUNG n unnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 2 1 Caching Paramlelels coe ie ts E operi quere DeL v d a ai 2 2 2 2 1 DUmizalondMlodes uus centes Risin Roo ecc tae teat aset aa 2 2 2 2 2 Optimization Mode an
257. risks Firmware restoration will not destroy the existing logical drive configurations however if the existing logical drives cannot be adequately associated with RAM restoration host might not be able to access host ID LU Ns after your configured arrays If you want to restore your NVRAM information that was previously saved onto the array use this function to restore the configuration setting t Step 1 From the Main Menu choose Restore NVRAM System Functions Usq from Disks arrow keys to scaoll down and select Controller M aintenance Restore NVRAM from Disks and then press ENT i Step 2 Press ENT for two seconds to confirm 2 Step3 In case your previous pastore without password reserved at the password 2 time you saved your NVRAM configurat on contents is different from your current password you are provided with the options whether to restore the password you previously saved with your configuration profile A prompt will inform you that the controller NVRAM data has been successfully restored from disks Adjust LCD Contrast 2 13 8 The controller LCD contrast is et at the f a tory to a level that should be generally acceptable The cont ho Iler is equipped wit an LCD contrast adjustment circuit in case the factory prest level needs to be adjusted either via the RS 232 terminal emulation menus or using the LCD View and Edit keypad panel Peripheral Dev t Step 1 From the mai
258. rive 2012MB GD SB 1 then press ENT t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow OOXCcOL Drive keys to select Logical Driva Name D N ame then press ENT 7 Step 4 Press the up or down ee keys to change the character of the flashing cursor Presstm ENT to move the cursor to the next space The maximum number of characters for a logical drive nameis 14 2 9 4 Rebuilding a Logical Drive Manual Rebuild If you want the controller to auto detect a replacement drive make sure you havethe following options set to enabled 1 Periodic Drive Check Time 2 PeriodicAuto Detect Failure Drive Swap Check Time Thesetwo configuration options can befound under View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Drive Side Parameters A manual rebuild takes place after you replace the failed drive with a new used drivethat is known to be good Q Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds to View and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Logical Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT 9j Step 2 Use the up or down arrow LGO RAID5 DRV 3 keys to select the logical drivd 012MP FL SB 0 N Front Panel Operation 2 2 2 9 5 that has a failed member then press ENT q Step 3 Use the up or down arTOW Rebuild Logical keys to sdectt Rebuild prive Logical Drive then press ENT 7 Step 4 Press ENT for two seconds to start rebuilding the logical drive 7 Step 5 The rebuildin
259. rive Parity sse 8 9 8 3 1 Overwrite INCONSISTENT Parly cccccccccccccccceecececeececceccecesseccesssesnsseeseasaneens 8 9 8 3 2 Generate Check Parity Error Event seen 8 10 9 4 Disk Array Paramelers niei en D Ir RE PEE E CES 8 10 84T FACIUNO OMY E EI EE 8 11 8 4 2 Verification on Writes iiis eiiis ssees einen nnn nnn nnns 8 11 Chapter 9 Array Expansion XMES uL 9 1 9 2 NOIES on EXPANSION oos eicuscec t uoso Sox ck era tuo cu eR rinde bane aac a 9 1 9 3 Mode T EXpansiO l oic i eias eaaa ao Ceuta tea ceca oet Dr ha Drei baeo 9 3 Adding Drives to a Logical Drive essen 9 3 POG DIVE FITOCOOU Mr 9 4 9 4 Mode 2 EXDAnSIO 2i ia ee et aquas auos aeu ce ea Cue bad aAa 9 6 Copy and Replace Drives with Drives of Larger Capacity 9 6 copy and Heblace PIOGOQUEO ao tias rhet gta desea HERO Cir mcdia ed ardt Fendt 9 7 9 5 Making Use of the Added Capacity Expand Logical Drive 9 9 9 6 Expand Logical Volume is serata ness ec Decet eo ene eee sx opua n oo cy Re Rena SES paEs 9 10 9 7 Configuration Example Volume Extension in Windows 20009 9 11 Limitations When Using Windows 2000 eese enne 9 11 EEX AIC a Soa dasa taxe E um tututeemaiuM ass samba Moste os esos c s Dp NEM opa RET a ME 9 12 Chapter 10 S M A R T Configuration JAN
260. rives in the Main Menu All drives attached to the drive channels will be displayed on the screen CETE i Cache Status Clean ing BAT BAT LenGor ard Product Lo INE SEAGATE 5T330225455 SLAGATE STS Sts lew drive infornation ON L Imk ade Urine Embry Identify rluc clone Falling driwe disk Hezerved space 256 mh AJNE FRAT DRN SEAGATE 5T336754553 aLacHRL 5 TPPEO HY SEAGATE S Toh 545335 5 gi 7 1564033 SOHNE OHE FEST DRUISEAnGhTE 5T33575455 b J5 080 SORE AUNE PRAT DR SEAGATE S746 455 5 5 15 423 S30HE SHE FRAT DAU SEAGATE 5T335 amp 75455 y 5 45 683 SOA RUHE FERT DR SEAGATE ZI3355455 itr Keya Hore Cursor jEnter Select Fac Exit LETIcHL Refresh Screen 4 42 RAID Inc The disk drive related functions include Function Description Availability 1 View Drive Displays disk drive Every drive type Information information 2 Identify Drives Lights disk drive LED for ease of identification Every drive type Clone Failing Drive Disk to disk cloning fo r maintenance purposes or simply produces a clone Delete Global Local Spare Drive Deletes a pre configured Spare Drive Assigns a drive as a hot Add Global Local SPE Media Scan Performs drive integrity scan Low level read write test 7 Drive Utilities Read Write Test g Unformat the 256MB reserve d space this can return a use d drive to the new drive status
261. rmed manually f famemnber drive of the logical drive fails during RAID expansion the expansion will be paused The expansion will resume after the logical drive rebuild is completed 9 4 Mode 2 Expansion Copy and Replace Drives with Drives of Larger Capacity You may also expand your logical drives by copying and replacing all member drives with drives of higher capacity Please refer to the diagram below for a better understanding The existing data in the array is copied onto the new drives and then the original members can be removed When all the member drives have been replaced execute the Expand Logical Drives function to make use of the added capacity RAID Inc Array Expansion New drive P as d P jd I 4 GB memo RAID 5 4GB g 4 JF Copy and Replace each member drive see 5 RAID 5 4GB After all the member drives have been replaced execute the Expand logical drives to make use of the unused capacity Figure 9 3 Expansion by Copy amp Replace RAID levels supported RAID O 1 3 5and 6 Copy and Replace Procedure Select from Main Menu View and Edit Logical Drives Select a target array press ENTER and scroll down to choose Copy and Replace Drive Press ENTER to proceed Lug lv tose Staus oper e RUE ROR A o R1 oe a Partition logical drive logical drive Name logical drive Assignments Expand logical drive add Scsi drives
262. roduct TD z e afm oom zp1 as zone of owane L zz sjam ojona 0000000007 POON Abort clone clone Failing drive V S STS DTI O s View clone progress a I Select Clone Failing Drive again to view the current status You may identify the source drive and choose to View Clone Progress or Abort Clone if you happen to have selected the wrong drive When the process is completed you will be notified by the following message rive Copying SE K 0 Logical Drive NOTICE CHL 2 ID 3 Copy and Replace Completed 10 2 2 Perpetual Clone The standby spare will clone the source drive the member drive with predicted errors or any selected drive without substituting it The status of the spare drive will be displayed as clone drive after the cloning process The source drive will remain a member of the logical drive If the source drive fails the clone drive can readily take its place in the array S M A R T Configuration 10 3 10 4 ie 1627ls ibs Fas DesS4e TY cba aaah aw HAT i Step 1 In View and Edit Drives locate the member drive that shows predicted errors Select Clone Failing Drive and choose Perpetual Clone 2l B9 57 29 OBE Cache 5 tmtur Clean ot 4 Status lrendor and Product ID GET MB B ECDE Uice driur infornat ion DH LIHE Masraos S 4 5 MB P Rem a a S ee cem 0 2 DH LIHE Haxtas
263. rs then press ENT t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow keys to seec Rebuild Priority Low then press ENT Low refers to the temporary default setting t Step 4 Press ENT again and the abbreviation mark will change to a question mark 2 Press the up or down arrow keys to select priority Rebuild Priority Low Normal High Improved or High t Step 5 Press ENT to confirm and the question mark will turn into Rebuild Priority E O i Rebuild Priority Low i The rebuild priority determines how much of the system resources are used when rebuilding a logical drive The default setting of the rebuild priority is LOW Rebuild will have less impact on host I O access but will take a longer time to complete Changing the priority to a higher levd will achieve a faster rebuild but will significantly increase the host I O response time The default setting LOW is recommended 2 9 Viewing and Editing Logical Drives and Drive Members Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds td view and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Logical Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT 2 24 RAID Inc 2 9 1 2 9 2 Q Step 2 t Step 3 Q Step 4 Press the up or down arrow LGO RAIDS DRV 3 keys to select the logical 014MP GD SB 1 drive then press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to select View Dr
264. s 2 33 Deleting Spare Drive Global Local Enclosure Spare Drive 2 33 2 12 Viewing and Editing Channels ccce 2 33 212 T VIGWIO TD SL s cd tcn itin dete diu tel Deui 2 33 2 12 2Adding a Channel TD c otto Ade eal tela 2 34 2 12 3 Deleting a Channel ID esses E eene rana anna 2 34 2 ZA WD IM PME 2 35 2 13 System FUNCHONS iioii ananena iaceo co Cau Loco veh khu eue s daa e cue au de oda oe 2 37 2 13 1 I OCD ON ess tain Sete Satis tele ase lone leew uhameid Sotebaliat deeds wiudlendem deans 2 37 ZOE ASS WONG RH EE 2 37 2 o2 Gange Pas SWOIG vse sicoiuentise mma uides ae intera tinae i MN LM Sae 2 37 213 22 DISADIC FaSSWO iate tt oii ns Eta ates eiie 2 38 21 9 NOSE CONU OOT desea arses toti sien nets ad meat esc coast unis ro erus edt 2 38 2 13 4 Shutdown Controller eee ria ei inna 2 38 2 13 5 Controller Mantenan einioes 2 39 2 13 6 Saving NVRAM to Disks eese esee ann 2 39 2 13 7 Restore NVRAM from Disks esses sees 2 39 2 1g O AGIUSE LCD CON ASI cote ota Otro aT REQUE TENIS ete erubuit desde 2 40 2 14 Goritroller Parameters oaa eon p aac racc e cu ace ox vasa visas es aS ed uade du ed ms 2 41 RN ei idii mm T 2 41 2 14 2 LCD Title Display Controller Name sisesssseeeeeeeeeee 2 41 2 14 3 Password Validation Timeout
265. s option allows you tq Priority specify the priority of Normal scheduled task among others The options are Normal Improved and High Select Target t Step 8 This screen allows you tq specify the target volumes yor opr that the scheduled scan will be performed on Options are All Logical Drives or individual logical drive Once properly configured the scheduled tasks will automatically run in accordance with your preferences Select Target RAID Inc 2 9 7 Write Policy t Step 1 From the Main Menu use the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives t Step2 The firs logical drive o RAID pauca displays If you have mor jooswp GD SB 0 than one logical drive use the up or down keys to select the logical drive you want to change the write policy of and then press ENT View and Edit Logical Drives t Step 3 Use arrow keys to sdect write Policy Write Policy and then press ENT l l WELLES Policy The Write Back cache setting iS write Back configurable on a per array basis Setting to the default value means the array setting is coordinated with the controller s general setting The controller s general setting option can be found in View and Edit Config Parms gt Caching Parameters gt Write Back Cache Note that cached writes are lost if a power failure occurs unless cached data has been duplicated to a partner controller and a batt
266. ses fall within the affected blocks M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT UNPROTECTED Block Marked 000000084 WhatHappens Media errors arefound in an unprotected array e g RAIDO The affected data blocks will be marked bad What to D o The data affected by data blocks failure will belost The host computer will return media error messages if host access falls ithin the affected blocks Restoring data from a backup source is recommended M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTIFY Bad Data Block encountered 000000084 WhatHappens Data blocks previously marked bad are re encountered during host O access or certain operations such as M edia Scan W hat to D o The data affected by data blocks failureis lost Restoring data from a backup source is recommended The host computer will return media error messages if host access falls within the affected blocks M essage LG 0 ALERT Inconsistent Parity Encountered Block 000000084 WhatHappens Parity inconsistency encountered on block address What to Do It is recommended to perform the Regenerate Parity function to correct the parity faults C 5 2 Notification M essage LG 0 Logical Drive NOTICE Continue Rebuild Operation WhatHappens Thetarge logical drive has been stored to its previous one drive failed status and the rebuild operation is automatically resumed by firmware This may occur when the system is powered off or reset during the rebuild process or that media errors have be
267. software firmware and user manuals Problems that occur during the updating process may cause unrecoverable errors and system down time Always consult technical personnel before proceeding with any firmware upgrade wh K NOTE The firmware version installed on your system should provide the complete functionality listed in the specification sheet user s manual We provide special revisions for various application purposes Therefore DO NOT upgrade your firmware unless you fully understand what a firmware revision will do Chapter LCD Screen Messages 1 1 The Initial Screen Product Model Firmware Version Status Data Transfer Indicator Figure 1 1 LCD Initial Screen Status D ata Transfer Indicator Ready There is at least one logical drive or logical volume mapped to a host ID LUN combination NoHost N o logical drive created or the logical drive has not LUN yet been mapped to any host ID LUN Indicates the statistic of internal processing resources not the host bus throughput Each block indicates 256K bytes of data being processed 1 2 Quick Installation Screen Ounce k Logical Drive DQmexeubl g Figure 1 2 Quick Installation Screen LCD Screen Messages 1 2 Press ENT to create a logical drive The subsysteny controller will start initialization of one logical drive to include all connected disk drives and automatically map the logical drive to the first ID and LUN number of the first host
268. ssage M essage UPS Battery Restored to Safe Level O What H appens UPS battery is charged to a safe level ableto protect system operation W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage SA F TE Device 2 NOTICE UPS Power Back On Line What H appens Power supplied by UPS is now restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE UPS 2AC Power Back On Line What H appens UPS 2AC power source restored What to Do Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set O Device NOTICE UPS 2 Battery Back On Line What H appens UPS 2 Battery charge or battery failure restored What to D o Press ESC to clear this message M essage Peripheral Set 0 Device NOTICE UPS 2AC Power Back On Line What H appens UPS2AC power source restored W hat to D o Press ESC to clear this message C 30 RAID Inc M essage SES COIO UPS 2 UPS Power Back On Line W hat H appens UPS 2 connected through SES interface reports power back online What to Do Press ESC to clear this message C 8 Controller Events C 8 1 Critical M essage ALERT 3 3V Low Voltage Detected V WhatHappens Thedeected 43 3V voltage source is lower than the preset voltage threshold W hat to D o Check power supply working condition voltage threshold settings and contact your RAID system supplier if necessary M essage ALERT Controller FAN OLow Speed Detected RPM WhatHappens This only applies to con
269. ssible DRV MISS A member drive is missing could result from insecure installation REBUILDING The logical driveis being rebuilt Status 2 A E H Status 3 R P Column O N A 2 3 4 5 A Column C B T LN ZSB FL Name Terminal Screen Messages Logical Drive Status Column 2 Initializing drives Adding drive s Expanding logical drive Add drive operation on hold Logical Drive Status Column 3 Rebuilding the logical drive Regenerating array parity Logical Drive Status Stripe size Default 4KB 6 64KB 8KB 7 128KB 16KB 8 256KB 32KB 9 512KB 1024KB Logical Drive Status Write Policy setting Write back Write through Total drive members in thelogical drive Standby drives available for the logical drive This includes all the spare drives local spare global spare available for the specific logical drive Number of Failed member s in thelogical drive Logical drive name user configurable 3 6 3 5 Logical Volume Status uv 10 c Terze Figure 3 5 Logical Volume Status Screen e NOTE A logical volume in a single controller subsystem is always managed by one controller and the P or S indicator will not appear LV Logical Volume number ID Logical Volume ID number controller randomly generated Size MB Capacity of the Logical Volume ZLD The number of Logical Drive s included in this Logical Volume RAID Inc 3 6 Drive Status Thm Uet amp 10
270. system operation there aretwo embedded optimization modes with system behaviors pre adjusted to different read write parameters Optimization for Random IO and the Optimization for Sequential I O Limitations The following are the limitations on the use of optimization modes The system default is Optimization for Sequential I O 2 You can select the stripe size of each array logical drive during the initial configuration However changing stripe size is only recommended for experienced engineers whohave tested the effects of tuning stripe sizes for different applications 3 The array stripe size can only be changed during the initial configuration process 4 Carefully consider the outcome before choosing an optimization mode Once the controller optimization mo de is applied access to different arrays in a RAID system will follow the same optimized pattern You can only change the optimization mode after deleting and re creating the arrays 4 2 RAID Inc Database and Transaction based Applications These kinds of applications usually include SQL server Oracle server Informix or other database services that keep the size of each transaction down to a minimum so that I Os can be rapidly processed Due to their transaction based nature these applic ations do not read or write a bunch of data in a sequential order access to data occurs randomly The transaction size usually ranges from
271. systems SCO UnixWare and O penServer for example will not attempt to retry accessing the hard disk drives while controller is taking over When and how is the failed controller replaced Remove the failed controller after the working controller has taken over For the ventilation concern in most enclosures it is better to leave a failed controller in place before a replacement arrives For a controller with hot plug capability all you haveto do isto replacethe failed controller NOTE If you power down the surviving controller and power up both controller together problems might occur for they might contend for the role of the Primary controller MM f Check if the replacement is properly installed Redundant controller subsystems are designed to withstand a single controller failure If the replacement does not initialize properly try the following When the replacement is connected the Auto Failback process should start automatically If the replacement controller does not initialize you may execute the following steps to bring the new controller online A Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds on the existing controller to enter the M ain M enu Use the arrow keys to select View view and Bait and Edit Peripheral Dev then Pertpheral Dev press ENT ie t l Set Peripheral k Choose Set Peripheral Device pevices Entry Entry then press ENT RAID Inc 7 Redundant Ctlr Step
272. t drive channels that cannot be changed Therefore the channel mode option is not available 4 8 1 Viewing and IDs Host Channel Add Channel SCSI ID Delete Channel SCSI ID Drive Ch oose a host channel then press ENTER Choose View and Edit ID A list of existing ID s will be displayed on the screen Select one of the existing IDs and press ENTER You may then choose to a dd or delete an existing ID 4 26 RAID Inc 4 8 2 Adding an ID Add Channel SCSI ID Delete Channel SCSI ID Pres s ENTER on one of the existing IDs Choose Add Channel ID and then choose to assign an ID A list of host IDs will appear Choose an ID DO NOT choose an ID used by another device on the same channel 4 8 3 Deleting an ID hu Sep 1 16 24 59 2005 Cache Status Clean BAT HOHE Ser Wide IC TALETS fisync Drive Drive Choose the host bus ID you wish to delete Choose Delete Channel ID The dialog box Delete ID will appear Select Yes then press ENTER to confirm IMPORTANT f Every time you change a channel ID you must reset the subsystem controller for the changes to take effect f Multiple target IDs can be applied to a host channels while each drive channel has only one ID f At least one controller s ID has to be present on each channel bus Terminal Operation 4 27 4 28 4 8 4 Data Rate Channel Bus ELIT IIT EELZEDEDTIERDULNM Cache Slates T
273. t Channels t Step 1 Choose the host channel and host ID combination you wish to view or delete Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes py eand siii Host Tune Primary 1 Secondary Contro it Host ID WWN Name List Arrow KeysiMove Cursor elenteriseleci l bscibxit lirt i Retresh Sc CEE D t Step2 A list of the current LUN mappings will be displayed on the screen Move the cursor bar to the LUN mapping you wish to delete then press ENTER t Step 3 Select Yes to delete the LUN mapping or No to cancel 4 12 2 Edit Host ID WWN Name List This is a specific item used for systems communicating over Fibre host channels Please refer to Chapter 5 Fibre Operation for more details Terminal Operation 4 41 4 13 Viewing and Editing Drives Huan DcE Al 194 13 32 ZBB5 Cache Status Clean IER T BR TD Sizet he L Df Vendor and Froduct ID JOD SLALU JDEME OA LIWHE SEAGATE S Tas TERES JOANNE H ON L ITHE SEAGATE ST33575455 35 03 SEAGATE 57335754955 JSRF 3ODHB HORE F RAT DRU 3560607 STAND BY SEAGATE 5133675455 SQA GL OTL 00H MORE FRAT DRU SEAGATE 5T33675455 35003 15503 300HRB HIRE FRAT DRU SEAGATE 53T3356754 55 3C EIHTR HORNE ISAS FRAT ORU SEAGATE STAS6 75455 Jobe JOBE HORE ERAT DRU SEAGATE 21335754322 8 ea ee ee oose View and Edit D
274. t IDs 12 34 RAID Inc 12 6 2 System Drive Mapping Controller A and Controller B IDs f Host Channel When controllers are successfully combined the array capacity is made available through host bus IDs and these IDs are available as Controller A or Controller B IDs In addition to the default IDs more IDs can be added through the associated pull down menus from the user interface Relationship between Controllers gt New FW 3 47 or above Configuration Rule Described previously in the Inter Controller Relationship gt Traditional Configuration Rule There are no specific regulations on the locations of the Primary Secondary controllers before or after a controller failure Create IDs You may have to create Controller A and Controller B IDs separately on the host if these IDs are not available The configuration procedure has been detailed in 12 5 Configuration Processes via Terminal Emulation Mapping f Since firmware release 3 48 a logical unit can be associated with both Controller A or Controller B IDs f Fault Conditions The physical paths from disk drives to host busses are diagrammed below in normal and controller failure conditions Redundant Controller 12 35 Fibre H ost 7 B102 B102 A104 B103 A105 B103 cHOCHi cHOCHi A105 CHOCHi CHOOCHI Fibre Fibre CHO ME CHO MIL Controller B X Failed CHO CH1 CHO CH1 f controtter B Controller A Figure
275. t as a standby drive If the drive with predicted errors fails the clone drive will take over immediately If the problematic drive is still working and another drive in the same logical drive fails the clone drive will resume the role of a standby spare and start to rebuild the failed drive immediately This prevents a fatal drive error if yet another drive should fail Detect and Clone Replace The controller will enable all drives S M A R T function If a drive predicts a problem the controller will report the problem in the form of an event log The controller will then clone the problematic drive to a standby spare and take the problematic drive offline as soon as the cloning process is completed e NOTE e If you are using drives of different brands in your RAID system as long as they are ANSI SCSI Informational Exception Control IEC document X 3T10 94 190 compatible there should not be any problems working with the controller subsystem S M A R T Configuration 10 7 10 4 Configuration Procedure 10 8 Enabling the S M A R T Feature Follow the procedure below to enable S M A R T on all drives Step 1 First enable the Periodic Drive Check Time function In V View and Edit Configuration Parameters Drive side Parameters Periodic Drive Check Time choose a ti me interval um ium 1 eren Bases soe te E I I L i I E Hain Menu gt Quick installation Drive Motor 5pin Un Olsa
276. t the logical drive you want to scan and then press ENT t Step 3 Press the up or down arrow keys to select Media Scan and then press ENT Media Scan t Step 4 Press ENT again to display priority the first configuration option Normal Priority Press ENT on it and use arrow keys to select an option Press ENT to confirm the change on priority level N Priority J Step 5 Use arrow keys to move ona To High level down to another option Iteration Count This option Iteration Count determines how many times Single Time the scan is performed on the logical drive If se to Iteration Count Continuous the scan will t9 Continuous run in the background continuously until it Is stopped by user w IMPORTANT If M edia Scan continuously runs in the background considerable system resources will be consumed t Step 6 Press ENT on your option to p acute Media confirm Scanning 7 Step 7 Press ENT for two seconds to display the confirm message then press ENT to start scanning the array RAID Inc M edia Scan Task Schedule The last of the M edia Scan functional items is the Task Scheduler tool Schedule t9 Step 1 Press ENT on the entry screen to display the following options VoM Ww Tips Every functional sub menu displays with two periods as the last digits To access each configuration screen press ENT once to change the last digits into a question mark By t
277. t within a second The logical drives information displays when the completed initialization process is If the online mode is adopted array information will be displayed immediately LG 0 Creation Completed Initializing090 Please Wait LG 0 Initializat Ion Completed LG 0 RAID6 DRV 4 478734MB GD SB 0 Due to the operation complexity the RAID Migration option is not available using the LCD keypad pang Creating a Logical Volume 7 Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 Press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to selet View and Edit Logical Volume then press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to select an undefined entry for logical volume then pres ENT for two seconds to proceed LV is short for Logical Volume Proceed to select one or more logical drives as the View and Edit Logical Volume LV 0 Not Defined 2 LV 0 Selected To Select LD Drives RAID Inc members of a logical volume Pres ENT to proceed LD is short for Logical Drive t Step 4 Use the up or down arrow keys to browse through the logical drives 2 Step 5 Press ENT again to select deselect the members An asterisk mark will appear in front of a selected logical drive t Step 6 After all the desired logical drive s have been selected press ENT for two seconds to continue Two sub menus will appear 2 5 1 Initialization Mode Array
278. tHappens Available bad block table entries full Media Scan or host access has discovered and marked too many damaged sectors What to Do Thetarget disk drive may have become physically unreliable Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive Bad Block Table BAD WhatHappens System failed to generate a bad block table Logical drive may have generated serious integrity problems W hat to D o The members of alogical drive may have become physically unreliable Locate replace and replacethe logical driveif possible Contact system vendor for help M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Logical Drive On Line Init Table Bad WhatHappens Serious system faults might have occurred unstable voltage or damaged components and forced the initialization to halt What to D o Check proper system working conditions Contact system vendor for help Event Messages C 11 M essage LG 0 Logical Drive ALERT Bad Data Block M arked 000000084 WhatHappens Mediaerrors caused data inconsistency eg concurrent occurrences of media errors on morethan one RAID5 member drive The affected data blocks are marked bad Thesituation may result from the following 1 Onemembe drive failed and media errors are found on another member drive 2 Mediaerrors occurred consequentially on two member drives What to Do The data affected by data blocks failure will belost The host computer will return media error messages if host acces
279. tatus Clean m Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives View and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit rivez view and edit channels 1 1nd edit Configuration parameters ipheral dew oes LOCATION Primar Thu Sep 22 18 63 69 2005 Cache Status Clean m Main Menu gt uick installation view and edit Logical drives View and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters view and edit Peripheral devices _ When the scanning is completed the status will change to Failback Complete Redundant Controller 12 27 12 28 12 5 4 Redundant Controller Diagnostics WARNING f This function should only be performed for testing the controller failover failback functionality before any critical data is committed to the disk drives Although the RAID controller is designed to be hot swappable unpredictable faults may occur during the process e g improper handling of the controller module Forcing Controller Failover for Testing ri Aug 4 11 30 44 z006 Cache Status Cle MT Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels view and edit Configuration parameters Redundant Controller Primary j E mRmA
280. tected What Happens BBU battery cell pack has failed or is accidentally removed When a new moduleis installed reset the subsystem for the configuration to take effect What to D o Check proper installation of the module or contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement module C 32 RAID Inc M essage Controller BBU Thermal Shutdown Enter Sleep M ode WhatHappens Thefollowing conditions will cause the charger circuits to enter a low power and self protection state 1 Thetemperature sensor on the charger circuit reports elevated temperature reading gt 45 degree Celsius 2 The BBU battery cell pack has been charged for over 7 hours The BBU charger will enter atimer fault state W hat to D o 1 Check proper ventilation within the subsystem You may also check the readings from other sensors within the enclosure Airflow might have been disrupted by the absence of one or several major modules or thefailure of a cooling fan Oncethethermal condition is improved charging will resume automatically 2 lf anew battery module has been charged for over seven 7 hours and this event is issued you may remove and re install the battery module An empty battery module may take morethan 7 hours to be fully charged There is atimer embedded with the charger doing so can rese thetimer Charging will resume automatically C 8 2 Warning M essage Memory Not Sufficient to Fully Support Current Config WhatHappens The
281. ted below are the default stripe sizes implemented with different o ptimization modes and RAID levels These values should be sufficient for most applications Stripe Size Stripe Size Opt for Sequential I O Opt for Random I O 128KB 32KB RAID1 128KB 32KB Table 4 1 RAID Levels Optimization Modes and Stripe Sizes Optimization for Random or Sequential l Os Communication Parameters caching Parameters D Write Back Cache Enabled D Optimization for Sequentia 70 C ont Optimization for Random 1 0 Choose Optimization for Random IO or Optimization for Sequential 10O then press ENTER The Random or Sequential dialog box will appear depending on the option you have selected Choose Yes in the dialog box that follows to confirm the setting Press ESC to exit and the setting will take effect after the subsystem is restarted 4 4 RAID Inc EX NOTE There is no longer a 512GB threshold for array optimization modes If an array is larger than 16TB only the optimization mode for sequential I Os can be applied Since logical drives of this size may not be practical there is actually no limitation on the optimization mode and array capacity 4 2 4 Write Back Cache Enable Disable AED Aug i 1l1 34Z2 UL Main Menu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical volumes view and edit Host luns wiew and edit Drives edit channels d
282. ted option Step 2 1 The Detect Only Setting Step 2 1 1 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters Drive side Parameters Drive Predictable Failure M ode SM ART choose Detect Only m i Main Menu eee Quick installation Diab ed uimu Drium Motor Spin Up view Disk Access Orlay lima BB seconds uimu Uria 70 Timeout 7 mmcsilntfaul t Maximum lag Count 16 Periodic flrium Check Timm Oisable Periodic Autoe Oetect Failure Orive Swap Ch OGriwe Predictable Fai Hodel SARAT i a Di mck Timm 15 seconds 1 abled e Whenever a drive detects symptoms of predictable drive failure the controller will issue an error message 10 10 RAID Inc f Step 2 2 The Detect Perpetual Clone Setting Before selecting this option you should make sure you have at least one spare drive for the logical drive either Local Spare or Global Spare Drive Step 2 2 1 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters Drive side Parameters Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART choose Detect Perpetual Clone Step 2 2 2 When a drive logical drive member detects predictable drive errors the controller will clone the drive with a spare drive You may enter the View and Edit Drives menu and click on the spare drive either Local or Global one Choose from the menu items if you want to know the sta
283. tention Received 10B CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Unit Attention Received CHL 0 Drive Channel ALERT Unit Attention Received CHL 0ID O Drive ALERT Aborted Command 00B CHL 01D 0 Drive ALERT Unexpected Sense Received 00B CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTIFY Block Reassignment Failed 0 10B CHL 01D 0 Drive NOTIFY Block Reassignment Failed OxO CHL 0 RCC Channel ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 0 Drive Channel ALERT Data Overrun Underrun Detected CHL 0 RCC Channel ALERT Negotiation Error Detected CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Negotiation Error Detected CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Negotiation Error Detected CHL 0 Drive Channel ALERT Negotiation Error Detected CHL 0 RCC Channel ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL 0ID O Target ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received 10B CHL 01D 0 Target ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL 0 Drive Channel ALERT Invalid Status Sense Data Received CHL OALERT Redundant Loop Connection Error Detected on ID 11 RAID Inc CHL 0 Host Channel ALERT Channel Failure SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected Clone Failed SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected Starting Clone SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected TEST SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected TEST SMART Slot 1 Predictable Failure Detected TEST SMART Slot 1 Pred
284. tes data from the parity data and the other members of a logical drive A 3 Caching Operation Write back cache Supported Write through cache Firmware Functionality Specifications A5 Supported memory DDR memory for enhanced performance type Fast Page Memory with Parity for enhanced data security Read ahead Intelligent and dynamic read ahead operation for operation processing sequential data requests Multi threaded Yes internal parameters adjusted in accordance operation with the number of outstanding l Os Scatter Gather Gather Supported 1 mp sorting E aM MEM Optimized I O sorting for enhanced performance Adaptive Write For a better performance when handling large back Write through sequential writes firmware temporarily disables switching write back cache and the synchronized cache operation between partner controllers if operating with dual active RAID controllers Firmware automatically restores the write back mode when encountering random and small writes later Periodic Cache Firmware can be configured to flush the cached Flush contents in memory at every preset interval 1 If data integrity is of the concern e g the lack of a battery backup protection Cache flush on preset intervals to avoid the latency when cache memory is full due to write deays Variable stripe size Caching Optimization Cache buffer sorting prior to cache flush operation e Gathering of wr
285. the logical drive LG 0 Prt 1 Select a partition by pressing 00MP 2 ENT for two seconds t Step 5 Use the up or down arrow keys to change the number of u a i the flashing digit to 0 then im press ENT to move to the next digit After changing all the digits pres ENT for two seconds J The disk space of the deleted partition will be automatically allocated to the previous partition as diagrammed below If partition 1 is deleted its disk space will be added to partition O Logical Drive Logical Drive 1000MB 1000MB Partition 0 100MB E i Partition 0 300MB ll Fartition 1 200MB 100 200 Delete EN Partition 1 300MB Partition 2 400MB Partition 2 300MB Partition 1 The capacity of the deleted partition will be added to the previous partition Partition 3 400MB Figure 2 1 Drive Space Allocated to the Previous Partition VA WARNING Whenever there is a partition change data will be erased Prior to partition change you have to remove its associated host LUN mappings After the partition change you also need to rearrange the disk volumes from your host system OS 2 9 3 Assigning a Name to a Logical Drive t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds tg View and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Logical Drives the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Logical Drives then press ENT t Step 2 Press the up or down arrow LGO RAID5 DRV 3 keys to select a logical d
286. tically perform a Media Scan according to a preset task schedule For more details please refe r to Chapter 8 Data Integrity 4 11 10 Write Policy view drives Delete logical drive Partition logical drive logical drive Mame Expand logical drive M change Write Policy T Defau It Write Back write Through write policy The Write back cache setting can be configured differently on eacharray Setting to the default value means the array setting is coordinated with the subsystem s general setting The general setting option can be found in View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Caching Parameters gt Write Back Cache Note that cached writes are lost if a power failure occurs and if the subsystem comes without a battery backup Default ismore complicated and more likely equal to notspecified Logical Drives write policy not only depends onthesubsystem s general setting but also on the Event Triggered operations If set to Default and the subsystem s general write policy is set to Write back write back will be temporarily disabled in the event of component failure or abnormal working temperatures Write back mode will be restored once the faulty conditions are corrected 4 40 RAID Inc 4 12 Viewing and Editing Host LUNs 4 12 1 Viewing or Deleting LUN Mappings Before you proceed with host LUN mapping you may need to create more host IDs under View and Edi
287. tility CD included with your subsystem package xli Conventions Naming Lists From this point on and throughout the rest of this manual the Falcon III Magellan X4 series is referred to as simply the subsystem or the system and Falcon III Magellan X4 1s frequently abbreviated as ES Bulleted Lists Bulleted lists are statements of non sequential facts They can be read in any order Each statement is preceded by a round black dot e Numbered Lists Numbered lists are used to describe sequential steps you should follow 1n order Important information that users should be aware of is indicated with the following icons wh NOTE These messages inform the reader of essential but non critical information These messages should be read carefully as any directions or instructions contained therein can help you avoid making mistakes AN CAUTION Cautionary messages should also be heeded to help you reduce the chance of losing data or damaging the system Ue IMPORTANT The Important messages pertain to use the Falcon III Magellan X4 subsystem introduced in this manual A WARNING Warnings appear where overlooked details may cause damage to the equipment or result in personal injury Warnings should be taken seriously xiii Software and Firmware Updates X1V Please contact RAID s support staff or visit RAID s support site at www raidinc com support php for the latest
288. tion on Writes AY Optimization Mode Disabled i Max Drive Response Timeout 160 ms Disable Cont meters 320 ms 960 ms Arrow Kevs Move Cursor jEnter Select jEsc Exit jCtrl L Refresh Screen To prepare the array for read intensive applications the following are recommended 1 Performance using the write through caching mode is better than that using the write back mode on subsystems equipped with redundant RAID controllers 2 Arrays should not be partitioned 3 Thepriorities for Rebuild or Add drive operations should be set to low 4 Another timeout value the Drivel O Timeout which determines whether a drive has eventually failed to respond to I O requests is required as thefirst level timeout 11 2 AV Optimization Mode The AV optimization is applied for the emerging Audio Video streaming applications such as the VOD M OD NLE Non Linear Editing and multi streaming environments Jed Sep 7 16 34 Cache Status Clean RO 44 A2 13 lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns view and edit Drives view and edit channels Rebuild Priority Normal C Verification on Writes meout 160 ms Cont Multiple Streaming C h Fewer Streaming dmTHT Arrow Kevs Move Cursor JEnter Select Esc Exit Ctrl L Refresh Screen RAID Inc Fewer Steams for applications featurin
289. to Device Config selet Ctlr Peripheral Device Config press ENT and then choose Device Status RAID Inc View Ctlr Periph Device Status then press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to choose either Voltage Monitor or Temperature M onitor Select Temperature and Voltage Monitor by pressing ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to browse through the various voltage and Voltage Monitor Temperature Monitor Pea DW Operation Normal temperature statuses 5v 4 938v CPUT 4 3 25 Operation Normal in Safe Range 95 9V 3394V Operation Normal Boardi1 46 5 C in Safe Range HOPUT 43 56 Board2 46 5 C in Safe Range 12v are Oe VIN Operation Normal 1 8 View and Edit Event Logs Press ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Event Logs then press ENT Press the up or down arrow keys to browse through the existing event log items To delete a specified item and all events prior to this event press ENT for 2 seconds LCD Screen Messages View and Edit Event Logs UPS Power Failure Detected Press 2 Seconds to Clear Events i N IMPORTANT Theevent log will be cleared after the controller is powered off or rese RAID Inc Chapter 2 LCD Keypad Operation A navigation roadmap for the configuration menu options of LCD keypad is separately available as a PDF f
290. trolled not only by the subsystem leve caching mode setting but also by the Event trigger mechanisms The Event Trigger mechanisms automatically disable the writeback caching and adopt the conservative W rite through mode in the event of a battery or component failure Q Step 8 When you are finished Create Logical Volume setting the preferences press ENT for two seconds to display the Lv 0 Creation confirm box Press Completed ENT for two seconds to start initializing the logical volume t Step 9 A message shows that the Create Logical 7 Step 10 Press ESC to clear the logical volume has been Volume Successed successfully created message Lv 0 ID 07548332 Logical volume information will be 0024488MB DRV 2 displayed below NOTE f Oncea logical driveis included in a logical volume its Controller Assignment option will disappear The menbers within a logical volume will then be managed by one controller And the controller assignment option displays under thelogical volume sub menu RAID Inc 2 5 3 Logical Volume Assignment Dual Active Controllers If you have two RAID controllers you may Change Logical choose to assign this logical volume to the Slot Volume Params B controller Default is Slot A the dominant controller The assignment can take place during or after the initial configuration If the redundant controller function has bee enabled and the secondary contr
291. troller fans in the Sentinel RA ID series Low rotation speed detected W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement M essage Controller N OTICE Redundant Controller FirmwareU pdated WhatHappens Firmware updated on a redundant controller RAID subsystem Resetti ng the subsystem may be required for the new firmware to take effect W hat to D o U pdating firmware on a complex system configuration is recommended for experienced engineers only Unlessfor bug fixing updating firmwareis not always necessary M essage Controller ALERT Redundant Controller Failure Detected WhatHappens OneRAID controller in a controller pair failed This message indicates that its partner has taken the workload and managed thefailover operation W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier for a replacement controller and restore the dual active configuration M essage Controller SDRAM ECC Multi bits Errors Detected W hat H appens M emory multi bits errors W hat to D o Contact your RAID system supplier to return the subsystem RAID controller for repair M essage Controller SDRAM ECC Single bit Errors D etected What H appens M emory single bit errors W hat to D o Subsystem firmware should be able to manage the single bit errors Contact your RAID system supplier if this message becomes frequent Event Messages C 31 M essage Controller SDRAM Parity Errors Detected What H appens M emory parity errors W hat to
292. tting a small stripe size youmay lose the efficiency brought by parallel executions The default value is determined by the combination of the controller Optimization Mode setting and the RAID level selected for the specific logical drive Press ESC to continue when all the preferences have been set The Stripe size here refers to the Inner Stripe Size specifying the chun k size allocated on each individual data disk for parallel access instead of the Outer Strip Terminal Operation e Size that is the sum of chunks on all data drives 4 13 Raid Leve RAID B online Drives Maximum Drive Capacity 239112 MB Disk Reserved Space 256 MB Spare Drives 1 Logical Drive Assi gnment Primary Controller write Policy DENM rite Back Initialize Mode On Lin Stripe size Default 128K Bytes Create Logical Drive No t Step 7 A confirm box will appear on the screen Verify all information in the box before choosing Yes to confirm and proceed wot it ication LG B Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Creation t Step 8 If the online initialization mode is applied the logical drive will first be created and the controller will find an appropriate time to initialize the array Creation of Logical Drive B Completed amp e t Step 9 The completion of array creation is indicated by the message prompt above islizing Hotif icat ion LG 86 Logical Drive NOTICE Starting Initializatio
293. tus of the source drive the cloning progress or to abort cloning zw opom 6 2 Sear V S s View clone progress f Abort clone ED clone Failing drive NOTE As a precaution against the untimey failure of yet another drive when configured as perpetual clone the spare drive will only stay mirrored to the source drive the drive with signs of failure but not replace it until the source drive actually fails W hile the spare drive is mirroring the source drive any occurrence of drive failure when thereare no other spare drives will forcethe spare driveto give up the mirrored data and resume its original role it will become a spare driveagain and start rebuilding the failed drive Step 2 3 The Detect Clone Replace Function Before enabling this option make sure you have at least one Spare drive to the logical drive Either Local Spare Drive or Global Spare Drive o M A R T Configuration 10 11 10 12 Step 2 3 1 In View and Edit Configuration Parameters Drive side Parameters Drive Predictable Failure Mode SMART choose Detect Clone4 Replace When a drive a logical drive member detects the predictable drive failure the controller will done the drive with a spare drive After the clone process is completed it will replace the source drive immediately The source drive will be identified as a used drive Step 2 3 2 If you want to see t
294. u drugs information 3 IN CLINPF SERGATE ST4A39675455 atl drive Taskers dentify HOME FRAT DRU SEAGATE 5ST33675455 Clash ALL drives ORAL STANU BY SEAGATE ST33675758 Flash Selected drive flash all Tui siedecched drives HOATITRAT WRU STARGATE amp 5T 4136759485 amp 350403 360MB MDHE FRHT DRU SEPRGhTE ST33675485 45603 3GLUMB HOHE FEAT DAU SEAGATE ST336754558 ri m IENS aen HOME TRAT nDRU SERGMTE ST 19675A ATron Keys Howe Cursor Enter S lect Esc Exit Ctrl4 L Refresh Screen Whenever there is a failed drive in a logical drive configuration make it a point to replace the failed drive with a new healthy drive to ensure logical drive integrity If you replaced the wrong drive when trying to replace a failed drive you will no longer be able to access the logical drive because you have inadvertently failed another drive To prevent this from happening the controller provides an easy way to identify the faulty drive By forcing certain drive LEDs tolight for a configurable period of time the faulty drive can beidentified and thus reduce the chance of removing the wrong drive This function can be especially helpful in an installatio n site operating with hundreds of disk drives Terminal Operation 4 45 4 13 3 1 Flash Selected Drive The Read Write LED of the particular drive R W LED co you selected will light steadily for a configu rable period of time from 1 to 999 seconds dd RW LED Co L
295. urati n and can only be S performed before a reserved space is created on a disk drive 2 15 1 Drive Read Write Test From the View and Edit Drives Drive Read Write menu select a new or used drive that Test the utility is to be performed on then pres ENT Select Drive Utili iest then press ENT Q Step 3 Choose X Read Write Test and press ENT 3 Tips This function will not be available with a formatted used drive You may manually remove the 256M B reserved space to reconfigure a used drive into a new drive Front Panel Operation 2 4 O1 t Step 4 Press the up or down arrow keys to select and choose to enable disable the followi g options Abort When Error Occur Enabled Drive Test for l Read Write Test Type Read Read and Write Only Read and Write 2 Action on Detection of Error ContinueTest RW Test Type sa Abort on Detection of Any Errors Read Only including hardware media errors etc Action When Err Abort on Detection of Hard P99 test Errors only only hardware errors in SATA 8 bit encoding 3 Recovery Process NO Recovery Recovery Process No Recovery Mark Blk Bad mark the affected blocks as bad Reassignment try to reassign data residing on the affected sect D S Frst Try Reassi Recovery by attempting to reassign and mark bad if reassignment fails Execute Drive 4 Execute Drive Testing Testing i t Step 5 When f
296. us Cleam 4 14 BAT 4 4 Hain Memi Quick installation View amd edit Logical drives Uilew amd edit logical Volumes View Ami edit Host lon View aml edit Drives Wiew amd edit channels View aml edit Configuration paraneters View aml edit Peripheral devices system functions Hute beeper Change Password Reset controller Shutdown cantroaller Controller maintenance Ss Anue Cursor Enter Select CLEril l Retresh Screen Choose System Functions in the Main Menu then press ENTER to display the System Functions menu Move the cursor bar to an item then press ENTER 4 14 1 Mute Beeper z Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives wiew and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns wiew and edit Drives vies and edit channels view and edit configuration parameters wiew and edit Peri ral devices v Th 7 Mute Beeper i d 20 6 No When the subsystem s beeper onboard alarm has been activated choose Mute Beeper then press ENTER Choose Yes and press ENTER in the next dialog box to turn the beeper off temporarily for the current event The beeper will still be activated by the next event 4 48 RAID Inc lt Main Menu gt Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns vies and edit Drives view and edit channels viens and edit Configuration parameters view and E Perip P
297. uto rebuild onto Supported With no spare drive the subsystem failed drive will auto scan the failed drive and starts rebuild replacement automatically once the failed drive has been replaced RAID Inc Concurrent rebuild Multiple logical drives can proceed with a expansion Rebuild Regenerating Parity and or Expansion Initialization Add Drive operation at the same time NOTE Regenerate Parity and Rebuild cannot take place on a logical drive at the same time Create Expand and Add Drive operations cannot take place on a logical drive at the same time download and takes effect after system reboot Auto recovery from Supported If a user accidentally removed the logical drive failure wrong drive to cause the 2na drive failure of a configuration on one drive failed RAIDS RAID3 logical drive fatal drives error may occur However you may force the subsystem to reaccept the logical drive by switching off the subsystem installing the drive back to its original drive slot and then power on the subsystem You may have the chance to restore the logical drive into the one drive failed status NOTE To ensure smooth operation sufficient cache memory buffer is required for configurations made up of numerous logical units An intelligent trigger mechanism is implemented with firmware version 3 47 and later If a subsystem controller comes with a DIMM module of the size equal or larger than 1GB firmware automatically
298. v Allow Indexing Service to index this disk for fast file searching r Follow the steps described in the previous section to add or copy amp replace disk drives and perform Logical Drive Expansion on Jan 26 18 36 48 26603 Cache Status ABS 92 a oa es a eeu PO PE NA RAIDS 167001 Clean iEnter e lect The 16 5GB logical drive has become a 25GB logical drive Place the cursor on that logical drive and then press ENTER iCtrl L Refresh Screen iEse lt Exit Cursor iEnter Se lect 9 13 9 14 From the menu select Partition Logical Drive You will see that the 25GB logical drive is composed of a 17GB partition and an 8 4GB partition Cache Status Clean es 1l 16988 8494 A Esc Exit iCtrl L Refresh Screen Follow the directions in Chapter 5 and Chapter 7 to map the new partition to a host LUN The new partition must be mapped to a host LUN in order for the HBA host bus adapter to see it Once you have mapped the partition reboot your Windows server The HBA should be able to detect an additional disk during the Initialization process Return to Windows 2000 Server s Disk Management There now exists a Disk 2 with 8 3GB of free space You may use the rescan disks command to bring up the new drive m Computer Management Miel X Action view E Bx Egg Tree E icy Partition Basic NTFS Computer Management Lacal New
299. val N ote that the Continuous Sync option holds data in cache for as long as necessary to complete a write operation and immediately commits it to hard drives if it does not come in a series of sequential writes t Step 1 t Step 2 t Step 3 7 Step 4 Select from Main Menu Period CachFlush View and Edit Config Time Disable Parms Caching Parameters and pressENT Set Cache Flush Use the arrow keys to scroll Time Disable through the options and select Periodic CachFlush Time and then press ENT to proceed The Set Cache Flush Time Disable appears The default is Disable Use your arrow keys to select an option from ConSync 30sec to 600 sec ConSync stands for continuously synchronized Press ENT to select and press ESC to leave and the setting will take effect immediately RAID Inc w IMPORTANT f Every time you change the caching parameters you must reset the controller for the changes to take effect f In the redundant controller configuration write back will only be applicable when there is a synchronized cache channe between partner controllers 2 3 View Connected Drives A RAID subsystem consists of many physical drives These drives can be grouped into one or several logical configurations 7 Step 1 t Step 2 Press the front pane ENT button for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Use the up or down arrow keys
300. vels These values should be sufficient for most applications Table 2 1 RAID Level Optimization Modes and Stripe Sizes Opt for Sequential I O Opt for Random I O RAIDO 128KB 32KB RAIDI 128KB 32KB RAIDS 128KB 32KB RAID6 128KB 32KB NRAID 128KB 32KB V NOTE N ot every Falcon III M agellan X 4 model supports RAID 6 configuration 2 2 3 Optimization for Random or Sequential I Os a d ka m d W Tips U y Every functional sub menu displays with two periods as the last digits To access each configuration screen press ENT once to change the last digits into a question mark 2 By then you will be able to use the arrow keys to display more options RAID Inc t Step 1 Select from Main Menu Caching View and Edit Config parameters D Parms Caching Parameters and press ENT Q Step 2 Choose Optimization for Optimization I O Random I O or Random Optimization for Sequentia I O then press ENT for two seconds to confirm 7 Step 3 Press ESC to leave and th setting will take effect afte the subsystem is rebooted Optimization ior Sequential I O The firmware default is Optimization for Sequential I O Ue IMPORTANT The original 512GB threshold on array optimization mode has been canceled If the size of an array is larger than 16TB only the optimization for sequential I O can be applied Logical drives of this size may not be practical therefore th
301. volumes might span across several enclosures e g using JBODs this option can designate a spare drive to rebuild a failed drive within the same enclosure This option helps avoid disordered hard drive locations after one or more member drives have failed and been rebuilt Q Step 1 To create an Enclosure Spare Drive pres ENT for two seconds to enter the Main Menu Press the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Drives then press ENT step 2 Disk drive information will be displayed on the LCD Press the up or down arrow keys to select a disk drive that has not been assigned to any logical drive then press ENT Q Step3 Press the up or down arro keys to select Add anal E Spare Drive then press ENT Spare Drive C step 4 When the last digit changes to a m iude P a ENT again for two seconds tp Pare Drive create the enclosure spare The message Add Spare displayed on the screen Add Spare Drive Drive Successful will b successful Q Step 5 Press ESC and the drivesiot 0 239112MB status displays as shown onENCLOS Maxtor theright Front Panel Operation 7 2 23 2 8 4 Rebuild Settings t Step 1 Press ENT for two seconds tQ s and Edit enter the Main Menu Press Config Parms the up or down arrow keys to select View and Edit Config Parms then press ENT 7 Step 2 Press the up or down arrow Pisk Array keys to selet Disk Arra Parameters Paramete
302. wid mi a m ia n a mn Delete Channel ssi ID Aot If x Ser ur 3 Drive PUT AUT 3 GHe Serial n HA 3 GHEZ j5er II A Drive AIT RAT Ghee Serial MA 3 Hz amp Eer D h BCEULUMH Nh fi J O0GH7 ATF 4 hH mh NK RACOON mh Wh 3 OGHE SATA 1 GHZ SA ID Esc Exit CtritL Refresh Screen Step 1 Choose a host channel then press EN TER 4 step 2 Choose View and Edit ID A list of existing ID s will be displayed on the screen Step 3 Select one of the existing IDs and press ENTER You may then choose to add a new ID or delee an existing ID 5 2 RAID Inc Limitation If host connection is configured in an arbitrary loop FC AL mode the maximum number of IDs is 16 5 1 2 Adding an ID Primary Secondary Controller status Clean BAT BAD 3 Term Cursynclk E 1d u ul HA d GHz er ID 9396 d l ID f ED 0 ID 102 S5ecomdary Controller ria Primary Controller Secondary Controller D 1686 5 p ocrial f HP GH CI D lu i ID 108 h KLUM H MA 3 0GHZ sA LTA 3 GGH Sh D 1u9 1 D 110 RELUA MA HA J QGH cnp GGH Z n D Lil In a singlecontroller mode you should set the secondary controllers ID to NA usually unavailable in a single controller subsystem In a dual controller configuration you may need to create a Secondary Controller ID on your host channels Once Secondary Controller IDs are ava
303. y if the port name conflicts should occur RAID Inc ma Aug 11 18 11 52 5005 Cache Status C BAT t 4 az Main Manu Quick installation view and edit Logical drives view and edit logical Volumes view and edit Host luns vies and edit Drives view and edit channels it ConTiguration parameter s Communication Parameters caching Parameters Host side Parameters Controller Name Not Set Orive side Parameters LCD Title Display Controller Logo Passsord Validation Timeout Always check Controller Urique Identitier Hex B14 Farameaters Parameters Disk Array The unique identifier can also be accessed from View and Edit Configuration Parameters gt Controller Parameters gt Controller U nique Identifier H ex Fibre Operation 5 9 This page is intentionally left blank RAID Inc Chapter 6 Host side and Drive side Parameters This chapter discusses the advanced options for configuring and maintaining a RAID subsystem Each function is given a brief explanation as well as a configuration sample Terminal screens are used in the configuration samples Some of the operations require basic Knowledge of RAID technology and are only recommended for an experienced user All figures in this chapter are showing examples using the managenent hyper terminal screen 6 1 Host side Parameters The highly scalable Fibre Channel technology can address up to 126 devices per
304. y saved password in case an administrator changed the password some time before Host side 64 bit LBA Supports array configuration logical drive logical support volume or a partition of them of a capacity up to 64TB Host LUN geometry On FW 3 48 this feature comes with preset user configurable combinations of head cylinder and sector default geometry variables Solaris OSes User configurable Sector 32 64 127 255 or Variable geometry range Head 64 127 255 or Variable Cylinder 1024 32784 65536 or Variable Drive motor spin up Supported The controller will send spin up start unit command to each drive at the 4 sec intervals Drive side tagged oupported User adjustable up to 128 for each command queuing drive Host side maximum User adjustable up to 1024 queued I O count Maximum User adjustable up to 64 concurrent host LUN connection Number of tags User adjustable up to 256 reserved for each Host LUN connection Controller shutdown Flushes cached contents upon the detection of BE critical conditions e g a high temperature condition persists for a long time diagnostics details Allows users to spin down hard drives when the Delay subsystem has been idle for certain period of time Maximum Drive User adjustable from 160 to 960ms If a disk drive Response Time fails to return data on read requests before the Guaranteed Latency timeout value is exceeded the array immediately 1 0 genera

General Operations Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents